TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate), also known as Tetrasodium Dicarboxymethyl Glutamate, GLDA-Na4 for short.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a new type of green degradable chelating agent, can replace traditional phosphonates, EDTA, NTA.


CAS Number: 51981-21-6
EC Number: 257-573-7
Chem/IUPAC Name: Tetrasodium;(2S)-2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]pentanedioatee
Molecular formula: C9H9NO8Na4



C9H13NO8Na4, L-Glutamic acid, N,N-Bis(Carboxymethyl)-, Tetrasodium Salt, L-glutamic acid N,N-diacetic acid, tetrasodium salt, GLDA-Na 4, 51981-21-6, tetrasodium glutamate diacetate, UNII-5EHL50I4MY, 5EHL50I4MY, Tetrasodium N,N-Bis(carboxymethyl)-L-glutamate, Tetrasodium N,N-bis(carboxylatomethyl)-L-glutamate, EINECS 257-573-7, L-Glutamic acid, N,N-bis(carboxymethyl)-, sodium salt (1:4), EC 257-573-7, N,N-Bis(carboxymethyl)-L-glutamic Acid Tetrasodium Salt, GLDA, tetrasodium;(2S)-2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]pentanedioate, N,N-BIS-(CARBOXYMETHYL)-L-GLUTAMIC ACID TETRASODIUMN SALT, N,N-Bis(carboxymethyl)-L-glutamic acid tetrasodium salt (ca. 40% in Water), L-Glutamic acid, N,N-bis(carboxymethyl)-, tetrasodium salt, Sodium (S)-2-(bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino)pentanedioate, DISSOLVINE GL, CHELEST CMG-40, DTXSID2052158, UZVUJVFQFNHRSY-OUTKXMMCSA-J, MFCD01862262, B2135, TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE [INCI], GLUTAMIC ACID N,N-DIACETIC ACID SODIUM SALT, Q25393000, N,N-BIS(CARBOXYMETHYL)GLUTAMIC ACID TETRASODIUM SALT, L-GLUTAMIC ACID-N,N-DI(ACETIC ACID) TETRASODIUM SALT, N,N-bis-(Carboxymethyl)-L-glutamic Acid Tetrasodiumn Salt (40% in water), tetrasodium mono((S)-2-(bis(carboxymethyl)amino)-4-carboxybutanoate),



TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has a molecular weight of 351.13 and its molecular formula is C9H9NNa4O8.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a high purity, versatile and readily biodegradable chelating agent based upon L-glutamic acid, a natural and renewable raw material.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is excellent chelating effectiveness controlling metal catalyzed decomposition.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) reduces water hardness and prevents precipitation.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) boosts performance of preservatives improving shelf life.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) stabilizes the pH value and is effective in wide pH range.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) does not sensitize human skin.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is completely biodegradable as compared to phosphates and phosphonates.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is effective alternative to EDTA.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is what's known as a 'chelating agent', an ingredient that inactivates metallic ions (charged particles) in product formulations.


Free roaming iron and copper ions in formulations can lead to rapid oxidation, meaning they will spoil quickly.
Using a chelating agent helps to slow this process, allowing for the creation of products with improved stability and appearance.
This also improves the effectiveness of preservative ingredients, allowing us to use a lower percentage of these, for safer shelf-stable products.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a new type of green degradable chelating agent, can replace traditional phosphonates, EDTA, NTA.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is suit for a wide pH range, with high solubility, high temperature resistance, strong detergency, no ecological toxicity, has synergistic effect with fungicides, and no irritation to skin and eyes.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a plant-based chelating agent.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is the counterpart of EDTA but unlike EDTA, it is extracted from the seed of an Indian plant, Cassia Angustifolia.
Cassia Angustifolia (angustifolia = narrow leaf) is native to the Arabias and Somalia and is cultivated in many locations in India.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is high purity, versatile and readily biodegradable chelating agent based upon L-glutamic acid, a natural and renewable raw material.
Also known as TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) chelate.



TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is in liquid form with a transparent coloration.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is bio-compatible and bio-degradable.
Since TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is not easily absorbed by the skin, it does not irritate or sensitize it.


The use of TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is approved in the formulation of Bio Natural cosmetics.
When added to a compound, TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has stabilizing properties that preserves products and prevents discoloration.
In high concentrations, TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) can even enhance cleaning abilities and improve surfactant performance.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is made from plant material, readily biodegradable, with high solubility over a wide pH range.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) serves the same function in formulations as EDTA, without the health and environmental concerns.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a safe synthetic chelating agent with natural origins.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used in amounts up to 1% to boost the effectiveness of preservatives, allowing for the use of lower amounts than is typical without compromising effectiveness.



USES and APPLICATIONS ofTSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used cleaning agents, detergents, textile auxiliaries, daily chemicals, oilfield water treatment, pulp and paper auxiliaries, metal surface treatment, etc.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is an organic salt synthesized from glutamic acid (an amino acid abundant in nature).


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) usually appears as an odourless white powder that is soluble in water, and is used as a multi-purpose, clear, liquid chelating agent and preservative booster.
Typical use level of TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is 0.1-0.5%.


Add TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) at the end of formulation process or to water phase of emulsions.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used for external use only.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used All kinds of cosmetic products like creams, lotions, shampoos, conditioners, makeup products, sunscreen products, hair colorings, powders, personal care wipes.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a 'chelating agent'.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) usually appears as an odorless white powder that is soluble in water, and is used as a multi-purpose, clear, liquid chelating agent and preservative booster.


TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used as a rinsing aid and a chelating agent, GLDA can be used in the following ways across different products.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a multi-purpose, clear, liquid chelating agent and preservative booster.


Skincare: TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is used as a chelating agent, GLDA improves stability and improves the effectiveness of preservatives in sunscreens, facial cleansers, makeup, and bar soap.
Haircare: In shampoos and gels, TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) prevents natural discoloration and similar to in skincare, it also works as a stabilizer and chelating agent.


Consult a Medical Professional: If you are considering adding TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) to your daily skincare or haircare routine or as a part of your diet, consult your dermatologist or dietician.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) can ensure that the ingredient will benefit your health and body’s specific needs and sensitivities.



WHAT IS TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE) USED FOR?
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) inactivates metallic ions (charged particles) in product formulations, hence acting as is a chelating agent.
Free roaming iron and copper ions in formulations can lead to rapid oxidation.
Using a chelating agent helps to slow this process, allowing for the creation of products with improved stability and appearance.
This also improves the effectiveness of preservative ingredients, allowing us to use a lower percentage of these, for safer shelf-stable products.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is often found in sunscreen, facial cleanser, shampoo, makeup, lotion, cleansing wipes, bar soap, and other cleaning products.
Origin
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is an organic salt synthesized from glutamic acid (an amino acid abundant in nature).



ALTERNATIVES OF TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
*TRISODIUM ETHYLENEDIAMINE DISUCCINATE
*EDTA



WHAT DOES TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE DO IN A FORMULATION?
*Chelating



BENEFITS OF TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
*Excellent chelating effectiveness controlling metal catalyzed decomposition
*Reduces water hardness and prevents precipitations
*Boosts performance of preservatives improving shelf life
*Stabilizes the pH value and is effective in wide pH range
*Does not sensitize human skin
*Completely biodegradable as compared to phosphates and phosphonates
*Effective alternative to EDTA



TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE) IS OFTEN FOUND IN:
*Sunscreen,
*Facial cleanser,
*Shampoo,
*Makeup,
*Lotion,
*Detergents,
*Cleansing wipes,
*Bar soap,
*Body oil,
*Food products,
*Bath soak,
*Bath products



HOW TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE) IS MADE:
Metal organic acid chelates are made by reacting a metal ion from a soluble metal salt with an organic acid or its salt.
For example, amino acid chelates have generally been made by reacting one or more amino acids, dipeptides, polypeptides, or protein hydrolysate ligands in an aqueous environment.
Under appropriate conditions, this causes an interaction between the metal and amino acids to form amino acid chelates.
Organic acid chelates have been generally been made by producing a reaction by using either amino acids, picolinic, nicotinic acids, or hydroxycarboxylic acids.



IS TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE) SAFE FOR SKIN?
Research shows TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is not a strong skin irritant.



FEATURES OF TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
1. High solubility under wide pH:
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has good solubility in strong acid to high alkali systems, and has better advantages for formulating high active ingredients and low water content formulation systems.

2. Good stability under high temperature:
By thermogravimetric analysis, TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is tested at 170°C for 6 hours or at 150°C for a week.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has no decomposition and is extremely stable.
Compared with other chelating agent products at 100°C, TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has the best performance.

3. Strong chelating ability:
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has a good effect on all kinds of difficult-to-clean calcium scales or difficult-to-clean equipment.

4. Has the effect of antiseptic and synergistic:
Because TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has natural amino acid components, it has a stronger binding ability with animal cell walls, and thus play a role in antiseptic and synergistic.
After experiments, we found that TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) has obvious antiseptic and sterilization synergies in many fungicides, which can save 20%-80% of the usage.



SAFETY PROFILE OF TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
The safety of TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) was assessed by the Expert Panel for Cosmetic Ingredient Safety (formerly called the Cosmetic Ingredient Review Expert Panel) in 2021.
The Expert Panel concluded that it was safe as used in the present practices of use and concentration in cosmetics and personal care products.
The Expert Panel noted Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate is slowly absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract and skin absorption is likely to be even slower.
The Expert Panel also noted the lack of carcinogenicity (cancer-causing potential) data and that it may contain a salt of nitrilotriacetic acid, a category 2B carcinogen according to the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC).
However, the concern was mitigated by multiple genotoxicity studies (both in vitro and in vivo), which did not indicate adverse genetic activity at the low concentrations of this ingredient in leave-on products.



WHAT IS A CHELATOR OR SEQUESTRANT, TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE)?
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a substance consisting of molecules possessing two or more atoms that can bind to the same metal atom to form stable complexes.
In cosmetics TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is often used to reduce or prevent reactions catalyzed by trace or impurity metals in formulations.

TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) also enhances the effect of the preservative in some cases and generally give stability to the formulation.
TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is a high-purity, versatile and readily biodegradable chelator based on L-glutamic acid, a natural and renewable raw material.



DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE) AND EDTA:
Demonizing EDTA would be a mistake, but it must be said that some substances commonly used in cosmetics can, as of today, be replaced with more eco-friendly alternatives.

This is the case with EDTA, which has always been used as a chelator, especially in rinse-off products such as shampoos or detergents, because it also has an inherent cleansing action.
Studies, however, show that its metal sequestering action is, especially with regard to the marine ecosystem, very polluting because it allows greater dispersion of heavy metals into sea water, especially when used in everyday detergents.

In skincare cosmetics, the use of EDTAs definitely has a lower environmental impact especially because of their leave-on nature (they do not rinse off).
However, using more eco-friendly alternatives here as well, such as TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate), is meant to be a support for future generations not to underestimate any aspect related to the environment.

For more information, you can read the interesting report on the ECOBIOCONTROL website that makes a comparison between EDTA and TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) in terms of environmental impact.
Finally, it should be kept in mind that TSGD (Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate) is not a skin sensitizer and is therefore less aggressive on the skin as well.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
Appearance: Light yellow viscous liquid
Content /%: ≥47
pH value: ≥8.5
Density(20℃) g/cm3: ≥1.20
Boiling Point: 105-110°C
Specific Gravity: 1.15-1.45
pH: 11-12 (in 1% water)
Solubility: Completely miscible in water
Slightly soluble in methanol/ethanol
Viscosity: 75-275 mPa.s @ 25°C
Molecular Weight: 351.13 g/mol
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 0
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 9

Rotatable Bond Count: 5
Exact Mass: 350.99189337 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass: 350.99189337 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area: 164Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 22
Formal Charge: 0
Complexity: 314
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 1
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 5
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes




FIRST AID MEASURES of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
*Body Protection:
Impervious clothing
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TSGD (TETRASODIUM GLUTAMATE DIACETATE):
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available

SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE; Diphosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt; Phosphotex; Pyrophosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt; Sodium Diphosphate; Sodium pyrophosphate (4:1); Tetrasodium diphosphate; Tetrasodium Pyrophosphate; TSPP; cas no: 7722-88-5

DESCRIPTION:


TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate), also called sodium pyrophosphate, tetrasodium phosphate or TSPP, is an inorganic compound with the formula Na4P2O7.
As a salt, TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is a white, water-soluble solid.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is composed of pyrophosphate anion and sodium ions.


CAS Number 7722-88-5
EC Number 231-767-1

SYNONYMS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE)
Pyrophosphate, Sodium pyrophosphate, Tetrasodium pyrophosphate (anhydrous), TSPP[1],anhydrous sodium pyrophosphate,disodium pyrophosphate,sodium diphosphate,sodium pyrophosphate,tetrasodium pyrophosphate,tetrasodium pyrophosphate, 32P2-labeled cpd,tetrasodium pyrophosphate, decahydrate,trisodium pyrophosphate,Sodium pyrophosphate,TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE,7722-88-5,TSPP,Phosphotex,Tetrasodium diphosphate,Sodium diphosphate,Diphosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt,Victor TSPP,Caswell No. 847,Sodium pyrophosphate tetrabasic,Natrium pyrophosphat,Sodium pyrophosphate [USAN],Sodium diphosphate, anhydrous,Pyrophosphoric acid tetrasodium salt,Sodium phosphate (Na4P2O7),HSDB 854,sodium pyrophosphate(V),Sodium diphosphate (Na4P2O7),Sodium pyrophosphate, tetrabasic,Sodium pyrophosphate (Na4P2O7),Anhydrous tetrasodium pyrophosphate,Tetrasodium pyrophosphate, anhydrous,EINECS 231-767-1,NSC 56751,EPA Pesticide Chemical Code 076405,DTXSID9042465,UNII-O352864B8Z,CHEBI:71240,MFCD00003513,NSC-56751,Na4P2O7,O352864B8Z,DTXCID7022465,EC 231-767-1,Sodium pyrophosphate (USAN),Natrium pyrophosphat [German],SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE (II),SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [II],SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE (MART.),SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [MART.],1004291-85-3,Tetranatriumpyrophosphat [German],Tetrasodium pyrophosphate, anhydride,Tetrasodium pyrophosphate (anhydrous),SODIUMPYROPHOSPHATE,tetra sodium pyrophosphate,ACCOLINE 126,Na4O7P2,TETRON (DISPERSANT),Diphosphoric acid sodium salt,Sodium pyrophosphate anhydrous,DTXCID408842,Sodium diphosphate (Na4(P2O7)),SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [FCC],Tetrasodium pyrophosphate Anhydrous,SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [HSDB],CS-B1771,SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [VANDF],tetrasodium (phosphonooxy)phosphonate,Tox21_110033,SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [WHO-DD],TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [MI],AKOS015914004,AKOS024418778,Diphosphoric acid, sodium salt (1:4),TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [INCI],NCGC00013687-01,CAS-7722-88-5,TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE (NA4P2O7),TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE (NA4P2O7),E 450,NS00093593,D05873,E75941,EN300-332889,Q418504

Toxicity is approximately twice that of table salt when ingested orally.
Also known is the decahydrate Na4P2O7 • 10(H2O).

Sodium diphosphate is an inorganic sodium salt comprised of a diphosphate(4-) anion and four sodium(1+) cations.
More commonly known as tetrasodium pyrophosphate, TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) finds much use in the food industry as an emulsifier and in dental hygiene as a calcium-chelating salt.

TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) has a role as a food emulsifier, a chelator and a food thickening agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) contains a diphosphate(4-).


TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) İs used in water softener, detergent, emulsifying agent, metal cleaner and nutritional supplement.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) acts as a buffering agent, thickening agent and dispersing agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) also acts as a tartar control agent in toothpaste and dental floss.

In addition, TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is used as a chelating agent in antimicrobial studies.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is also used as a food additive in common foods such as chicken nuggets, crab meat and canned tuna.


TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) appears as odorless, white powder or granules. mp: 995 °C. Density: 2.53 g/cm3.
Solubility in water: 3.16 g/100 mL (cold water); 40.26 g/100 mL boiling water.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is Used as a wool de-fatting agent, in bleaching operations, as a food additive.

The related substance tetrasodium pyrophosphate decahydrate (Na4P2O7*10H2O) occurs as colorless transparent crystals.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) Loses its water when heated to 93.8 °C.


Tetrasodium Pyrophosphate Anhydrous - also known as Anhydrous TSPP, Sodium Pyrophosphate, or Tetrasodium Diphosphate - is a white crystalline powder with a molecular formula of Na4P2O7.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is certified FCC IV and Kosher. It functions as a coagulant, emulsifier, and sequestrant.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is commonly used in malted milk powders, instant puddings, cheese, chocolate drink powders, and tuna.




USES OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE):
Just Egg, a plant-based egg alternative that contains tetrasodium pyrophosphate
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate is used as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent, and is often used as a food additive.
Common foods containing tetrasodium pyrophosphate include chicken nuggets, marshmallows, pudding, crab meat, imitation crab, canned tuna, and soy-based meat alternatives and cat foods and cat treats where it is used as a palatability enhancer.

In toothpaste and dental floss, tetrasodium pyrophosphate acts as a tartar control agent, serving to remove calcium and magnesium from saliva and thus preventing them from being deposited on teeth.
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate is used in commercial dental rinses before brushing to aid in plaque reduction.

Tetrasodium pyrophosphate is sometimes used in household detergents to prevent similar deposition on clothing, but due to its phosphate content it causes eutrophication of water, promoting algae growth.


PRODUCTION OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE):
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate is produced by the reaction of furnace-grade phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate to form disodium phosphate, which is then heated to 450 °C to form tetrasodium pyrophosphate:[5]
2 Na2HPO4 → Na4P2O7 + H2O


APPLICATIONS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE):

TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is used in water softener, detergent, emulsifying agent, metal cleaning agent and nutritional supplement.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) acts as a buffering agent, thickening agent and dispersing agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) also acts as a tartar control agent in toothpaste and dental floss.

Additionally, TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is used as a chelating agent in antimicrobial studies.
TSPP (Tetrasodium Diphosphate) is also used as a food additive in common foods such as chicken nuggets, crab meat, and canned tuna.



CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE):
Chemical formula Na4O7P2
Molar mass 265.900 g•mol−1
Appearance Colorless or white crystals[2]
Odor odorless
Density 2.534 g/cm3
Melting point 988 °C (1,810 °F; 1,261 K) (anhydrous)
79.5 °C (decahydrate)
Boiling point decomposes
Solubility in water 2.61 g/100 mL (0 °C)
6.7 g/100 mL (25 °C)
42.2 g/100 mL (100 °C)
Solubility insoluble in ammonia, alcohol
Refractive index (nD) 1.425
Structure
Crystal structure monoclinic (decahydrate)
Thermochemistry
Heat capacity (C) 241 J/mol K
Std molar
entropy (S⦵298) 270 J/mol K
Std enthalpy of
formation (ΔfH⦵298) -3166 kJ/mol
Gibbs free energy (ΔfG⦵) -3001 kJ/mol
CAS number 13472-36-1
EC number 231-767-1
Grade ACS,Reag. Ph Eur
Hill Formula Na₄O₇P₂ * 10 H₂O
Chemical formula Na₄P₂O₇ * 10 H₂O
Molar Mass 446.06 g/mol
HS Code 2835 39 20
Density 1.82 g/cm3 (20 °C)
Melting Point 988 °C (anhydrous substance)
pH value 10.2 (10 g/l, H₂O, 25 °C)
Bulk density 650 kg/m3
Solubility 60 g/l (anhydrous substance)
Density 1.82 g/cm3 (20 °C)
Melting Point 988 °C (anhydrous substance)
pH value 10.2 (10 g/l, H₂O, 25 °C)
Bulk density 650 kg/m3
Solubility 60 g/l (anhydrous substance)
Assay (acidimetric) 99.0 - 103.0 %
Insoluble matter ≤ 0.01 %
pH-value (5 %; water, 25 °C) 9.5 - 10.5
Chloride (Cl) ≤ 0.001 %
Orthophosphate (PO₄) ≤ 0.1 %
Sulfate (SO₄) ≤ 0.005 %
Total nitrogen (N) ≤ 0.001 %
Fe (Iron) ≤ 0.0005 %
K (Potassium) ≤ 0.005 %
Heavy metals (as Pb) ≤ 0.0005 %
Chemical name or material Sodium pyrophosphate
Fusion point 988°C
Quantity 250 g
Linear formula Na4P2O7
Merck Index 14,9240
Solubility Information Soluble in water. Insoluble in ethyl alcohol.
Formula weight 265.9
Purity percentage 98%
Sensitivity Hygroscopic
Density 2.534
Molecular Weight
265.90 g/mol
Computed by PubChem 2.2 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count
0
Computed by Cactvs 3.4.8.18 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count
7
Computed by Cactvs 3.4.8.18 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Rotatable Bond Count
0
Computed by Cactvs 3.4.8.18 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Exact Mass
265.87100346 g/mol
Computed by PubChem 2.2 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Monoisotopic Mass
265.87100346 g/mol
Computed by PubChem 2.2 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Topological Polar Surface Area
136Ų
Computed by Cactvs 3.4.8.18 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Heavy Atom Count
13
Computed by PubChem
Formal Charge
0
Computed by PubChem
Complexity
124
Computed by Cactvs 3.4.8.18 (PubChem release 2021.10.14)
Isotope Atom Count
0
Computed by PubChem
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count
0
Computed by PubChem
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count
0
Computed by PubChem
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count
0
Computed by PubChem
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count
0
Computed by PubChem
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count
5
Computed by PubChem
Compound Is Canonicalized
Yes



SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT TSPP (TETRASODIUM DIPHOSPHATE):
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.

TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate), also known as Sodium Pyro phosphate, Tetra sodium phosphate or TSPP, is achemical compound composed of pyrophosphate and sodium ions.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a colorless transparent crystalline chemical compound containing the pyrophosphate ion and sodium cation.


CAS Number: 7722-88-5
13472-36-1 (decahydrate)
EC Number: 231-767-1
E number: E450(iii) (thickeners, ...)
Molecular Formula: Na4P2O7 / Na4O7P2
Chemical formula: Na4O7P2


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is odourless, white powder or granules, which comes in different grades.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a widely used chemical in many different applications.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a colorless, transparent crystals or white powder or granules.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is odorless; slightly soluble in water; insoluble in alcohol and ammonia.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a white powdered chemical found in detergents.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) improves the ability of different detergent components to pervade deeper into the fibers of clothes, as well as other surfaces and materials to be cleaned.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an anhydrous, white, crystalline material in powder form.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a white, water-soluble solid.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) appears as odorless, white powder or granules. mp: 995 °C.


The related substance TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) decahydrate (Na4P2O7*10H2O) occurs as colorless transparent crystals.
Loses TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate)'s water when heated to 93.8 °C.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an odorless, white powder or granules.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is solubility in water: 3.16 g / 100 mL (cold water); 40.26 g / 100 mL boiling water.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate)'s chemical formula is Na4P2O7 * 10 H2O.
The aqueous solution of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is alkaline and easily soluble in water.


The pH of the 1% solution ranges from 10 to 11.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an inorganic sodium salt comprised of a diphosphate(4-) anion and four sodium(1+) cations.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) contains a diphosphate(4-).


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate), also called sodium pyrophosphate, tetrasodium phosphate or TSPP, is an inorganic compound with the formula Na4P2O7.
As a salt, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a white, water-soluble solid.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is composed of pyrophosphate anion and sodium ions.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also known is the decahydrate Na4P2O7 · 10(H2O).
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) should be stored in an area that is free from moisture and humidity since it is a hygroscopic compound.
Moisture can cause TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) to clump and lose its effectiveness.


Hence, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) should be kept away from heat sources such as stoves and ovens.
During storage, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) should be kept in a well-ventilated area to promote air circulation, and reduce dampness.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) should not be stored alongside other chemicals as there is a risk of cross-contamination that could impact its functionality.


Store TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) in appropriate containers intended as it is sensitive to light exposure which can cause degradation, so it is best to use opaque containers that shield from light.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a colorless crystalline salt composed of pyrophosphate and sodium ions.



TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is registered under the REACH Regulation and is manufactured in and / or imported to the European Economic Area, at ≥ 1 000 to < 10 000 tonnes per annum.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) appears as an odorless, white powder or granules.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate), CAS# 7722-88-5, is an inorganic compound manufactured from Disodium Phosphate, available as White powder.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate), also called tetrasodium disphosphate or sodium pyrophosphate, is a synthetic ingredient that can be used as an acid regulator, sequestrant, protein modifier, coagulant, and a dispersing agent in food with the European food additive number E450(iii).


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is gluten-free and vegan.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a solid white inorganic compound that is water soluble.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a salt composed of pyrophosphate anions and sodium ions.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is aproximately twice the toxicity level of common table salt.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is most commonly produced by the reaction of phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate to form disodium phosphate, which is then heated to 450 °C to form tetrasodium pyrophosphate.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) anhydrous food grade is white powder form.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is easy to absorb moisture and deliquesce, but insoluble in ethanol.
The relative density of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is 2.45g/cm3 and the melting point is 890.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is odorless.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is deliquescent in the open air.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate)'s aqueous solution shows weak alkalinity but will be hydrolyzed into di-sodium phosphate when boiled.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used by consumers, in articles, by professional workers (widespread uses), in formulation or re-packing, at industrial sites and in manufacturing.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, water softeners, cosmetics and personal care products, coating products and fillers, putties, plasters, modelling clay.


Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: formulation of mixtures, in the production of articles and in processing aids at industrial sites.
Other release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners) and outdoor use.


Other release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is likely to occur from: outdoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. metal, wooden and plastic construction and building materials) and indoor use in long-life materials with low release rate (e.g. flooring, furniture, toys, construction materials, curtains, foot-wear, leather products, paper and cardboard products, electronic equipment).


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be found in products with material based on: stone, plaster, cement, glass or ceramic (e.g. dishes, pots/pans, food storage containers, construction and isolation material), fabrics, textiles and apparel (e.g. clothing, mattress, curtains or carpets, textile toys), leather (e.g. gloves, shoes, purses, furniture), paper (e.g. tissues, feminine hygiene products, nappies, books, magazines, wallpaper), wood (e.g. floors, furniture, toys) and plastic (e.g. food packaging and storage, toys, mobile phones).


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, water softeners and cosmetics and personal care products.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following areas: formulation of mixtures and/or re-packaging, agriculture, forestry and fishing, building & construction work and municipal supply (e.g. electricity, steam, gas, water) and sewage treatment.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for the manufacture of: metals, fabricated metal products and .
Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: formulation of mixtures and in the production of articles.
Other release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners) and outdoor use.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, water softeners and polymers.
Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: formulation of mixtures, in the production of articles, in processing aids at industrial sites and as processing aid.


Other release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners) and outdoor use.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, water softeners and polymers.


Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: industrial abrasion processing with low release rate (e.g. cutting of textile, cutting, machining or grinding of metal).
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a dispersing agent, sequestrant, buffering agent, protein modifier, and coagulant.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used to modify the proteins enabling them to retain moisture during storage, thawing, and cooking.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also increases shelf life of the product by sequestering multivalent cations responsible for lipid oxidation and rancidity development.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is added to improve whipping efficiency and improve foam stability.
Granular TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) helps to buffer the pH of the processed cheese and interacts with milk proteins to promote emulsification.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) sequesters iron in potato products to prevent after-cooking blackening and to stabilize color.


To maintain fat dispersion in an ice cream/dessert mix, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) may be added so "churning" will not form lumps of butter during freezing.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffering agent, also as an emulsifier and as a dispersing agent


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also used as a thickening agent and also often used as a food additive
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in common baking powders and also in toothpaste and dental floss as a tartar control
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used in household detergents


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for use in food.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as an acidity regulator,
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in soy-based meat alternatives, chicken nuggets and lobster products, to promote the binding of proteins to water and the co-binding of soy particles,


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffer in toothpastes, as an emulsifier and as a detergent aid.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a thickener in instant puddings,
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be used as a water softener in detergents, as an emulsifier to suspend oils and to prevent re-deposition on laundry during washing.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Buffering Agent, Emulsifier, Dispersing Agent, Thickening Agent, Tartar Control Agent, and Toothpaste.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a thickening agent and emulsifier.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is commonly applied in chicken nuggets, canned tuna, imitation crab meat, pudding, marshmallows, and soy-based meat alternatives.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent, and is often used as a food additive.
Common foods containing TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) include chicken nuggets, marshmallows, pudding, crab meat, imitation crab, canned tuna, and soy-based meat alternatives and cat foods and cat treats where it is used as a palatability enhancer.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the food industry as an emulsifier, buffer, chelating agent, gelling agent, and stabilizer.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) finds diverse applications in various industries, including.
Food Industry: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a food additive (E450) in processed foods, acting as a buffer, emulsifier, and dispersing agent.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also called Sodium pyrophosphate is used in many applications as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, a thickening agent, general sequestering agent, chelating agent in antimicrobial studies and in the food industry as a nutrient, dietary supplement and texturier in food additive.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also acts as a tartar control agent in toothpaste and dental floss.
Pyrophosphates as stated by Considine (Food and Food Production Encylopedia) are good sequestrants for copper and iron, which often catalyze oxidation in fruits and vegetables.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used as a food additive in common foods such as chicken nuggets, crab meat, and canned tuna.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in cleaning compounds for the metal finishing industry.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used on oil well drilling rigs for cleaning the mud off the equipment.


Pharmaceuticals: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is employed in certain pharmaceutical formulations.
Water Treatment:TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in water treatment processes to prevent scale formation.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has excellent applications in rust removal, ink erasers, and electrodeposition on metals.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used as a water softener, wool de-fatting agent, soap and synthetic detergent builder, and general sequestering agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the food processing applications.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a constituent of phosphate mixes used in the preparation of products such as hamburgers and sausages.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a constituent of emulsifying - salt blends used in the manufacture of processed cheese.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in solutions for the immersion - treatments of seafood to control yield and modify texture.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a general buffer, sequestrate and stabilizing agent in dairy products and other foodstuffs
In food, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffer for puddings and processed foods.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can also be used as a calcium sequestrant.


For water treatment, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has excellent softening, peptizing, and dispersing agent properties.
This can help with magnesium hardness, scale control, sequestering, and red and black water control.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also meets the EPA Lead and Copper rule which means it is also used frequently in corrosion prevention.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Breath Fresheners, Buffer, Cheese, Dispersant, Ice Cream, Marshmellow, Mouthwash, Potato Products, Poultry, Processed Meat, Protein Modifier, Seafood, Sequestrant, Teeth Whitening, Toothpaste, and Whipped Toppings
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a cleaning compound; oil well drilling; water treatment, cheese emulsification; as a general sequestering agent, to remove rust stains; as am ingredient of one fluid ink eradicators, in electrodeposition of metals.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in textile dyeing; scouring of wool; buffer; food additive; detergent builder; water softener and dispersant.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent, and is often used as a food additive.


Common foods containing TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) include chicken nuggets, marshmallows, pudding, crab meat, imitation crab, canned tuna, and soy-based meat alternatives and cat foods and cat treats where it is used as a palatability enhancer.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is commonly used as a pH regulator, meat conditioner in recipes.


Stabilizer: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) acts as a stabilizer in many food products by controlling the pH and maintaining the desired texture of the product, hence it ensure product quality and also increases the shelf life of the food product.
Water softening: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used to soften water and remove any residues that can affect water quality.


In toothpaste and dental floss, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) acts as a tartar control agent, serving to remove calcium and magnesium from saliva and thus preventing them from being deposited on teeth.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in commercial dental rinses before brushing to aid in plaque reduction.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is sometimes used in household detergents to prevent similar deposition on clothing, but due to its phosphate content it causes eutrophication of water, promoting algae growth.
Food: As a source of phosphorus, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an emulsifier which is used for the binding of soybean particles and protein water connection.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used as a thickener in ready puddings.
Textile: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as an inorganic stabilizer in textile.
Detergent: As a water softener for detergents, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be used as an emulsifier to suspend the oils and to prevent their sedimentation on the laundry in the wash.


Chemistry: TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as ph value adjuster in chemical industry.
Tooth paste: Since they remove Ca and Mg ions from saliva, they do not stay on the teeth so they are used as buffer in toothpastes.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is being used in detergents, as cleaning agents, ceramics, paints and metal surface treatment.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate)’s an additive for cosmetic and pharmaceutical preparations , pH control and buffering, dispersing agent and emulsion stabilizer.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a wool de-fatting agent, in bleaching operations, as a food additive.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Cleaning, Paints, Metal treatment, and Ceramics.
More commonly known as tetrasodium pyrophosphate, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) finds much use in the food industry as an emulsifier and in dental hygiene as a calcium-chelating salt.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has a role as a food emulsifier, a chelator and a food thickening agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following areas: formulation of mixtures and/or re-packaging, mining and municipal supply (e.g. electricity, steam, gas, water) and sewage treatment.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for the manufacture of: chemicals, metals, fabricated metal products, machinery and vehicles and .
Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: in processing aids at industrial sites, formulation of mixtures, in the production of articles and as processing aid.


Release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can occur from industrial use: manufacturing of the substance, formulation of mixtures, formulation in materials, in processing aids at industrial sites, in the production of articles and as an intermediate step in further manufacturing of another substance (use of intermediates).


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Buffering Agents, Food & Beverage, Food Additives, Household, Industrial & Institutional Chemicals, Thickening Agents, Detergents, Emulsifiers.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the following products: pH regulators and water treatment products, water softeners, cosmetics and personal care products, coating products and fillers, putties, plasters, modeling clay.


Release of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) to the environment may occur from industrial use: in the formulation of mixtures, in the manufacture of articles and in processing aids on industrial sites.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints, coatings or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Meat emulsions, sausages, chopped and ground meat.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used fish and seafood treatment.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Dairy products.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Toothpastes component.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in paper coating and filling to promote the dispersion of clay, lithopone, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, and other ingredients in aqueous suspensions.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent, and is often used as a food additive.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is widely used as phosphate in food production.


Orally the main purpose of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is to prevent the formation of calculus by reducing the deposition of calcium and magnesium on teeth.
Thus TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is commonly used as the anticalculus component of many tartar-control toothpastes and mouth rinse.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is mainly used as in industry as detergent auxiliary , paper production to bleach and electroplating.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for electroplating baths to form complexes together with F.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in woolen industry as degreasing angent as well as bleaching agent.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the Paper industry as decolorizer.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for printing and dyeing industry as auxliary agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in toothpast industry as additive to form colloid together with Dicalcium phosphate.
or water treatment industry as water softner.


Other release to the environment of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is likely to occur from: indoor use (e.g. machine wash liquids/detergents, automotive care products, paints and coating or adhesives, fragrances and air fresheners) and outdoor use.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used for machanic industry as rust remover.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Flavoured milk, Buttermilk
Cheese slices, Whipped toppings, Instant puddings, No-bake cheesecakes, Egg yolk products, Sausages, Restructured poultry, andPhosphates have a wide range of ingredient applications


With the properties of chelating metal ions, increasing protein water holding capacity, PH buffering, stabilization, emulsification, casein thickening and ect, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is widely used in food to improve the gel strength and the tenderness of meat products/analogs.
Also, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used with other phosphates (e.g. sodium hexametaphosphate, sodium acid pyrophosphate) in seafood to increase the water retention.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is primarily used as a food additive but also has a wide range of applications such as an emulsifier, thickening agent, buffering agent and dispersing agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used Buffering Agents, Food Additives, Thickening Agents, Detergents, Emulsifiers, Industrial Chemicals, and Mining


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent, and is often used as a food additive.
Common foods containing TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) include chicken nuggets, marshmallows, pudding, crab meat, imitation crab, canned tuna, and soy-based meat alternatives and cat foods and cat treats where it is used as a palatability enhancer.


In the food industry, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a kind of food additive.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a chelating agent, nutrition ingredients and quality improver, etc.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as the leavening agent, water retention agent, buffering agent, emulsifying agent, and acidity regulator in the process of bakery, meat, cheeses, and aquatic products.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) serves as a buffering agent and stabilizer in bread leavening.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) helps maintain the pH balance during the baking process, resulting in improved texture and enhanced shelf life.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can modify meat, poultry, and seafood proteins enabling them to retain moisture during storage, thawing, and cooking.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be added to whipped toppings and milk foams to improve whipping efficiency and improve foam stability.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is processed cheese products, help to buffer the pH of processed cheese and interact with milk proteins to promote emulsification.


In ice cream and frozen desserts, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) will help to maintain fat dispersion in the mix and stop lumps of butter from forming during freezing.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) anhydrous food grade also sequesters iron in potato products to prevent after-cooking blackening and to stabilize the color.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an inorganic sodium salt comprised used in the food industry as an emulsifier and in dental hygiene as a calcium-chelating salt.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used in the food industry as a buffering agent, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, and a thickening agent.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is often used as a food additive in chicken nuggets, marshmallows, pudding, crab meat, imitation crab, canned tuna, and soy-based meat alternatives and cat foods and cat treats where it is used as a palatability enhancer.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used in some common baking powders.


In toothpaste and dental floss, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) acts as a tartar control agent, serving to remove calcium and magnesium from saliva and thus preventing them from being deposited on teeth.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) helps in plaque reduction.


TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also acts as an excellent cleaning agent and is used in detergents, metal treatment, and paints, as well as in the mining industry.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also increases shelf life by sequestering multivalent cations responsible for lipid oxidation and rancidity development.


-Emulsifier:
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is an effective emulsifier that helps in blending various ingredients that normally do not mix well together.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is mostly used in food products such as cured meat, sausages, and processed cheese.


-Leavening agent:
Its ability to regulate pH makes TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) an excellent leavening agent.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) helps in the baking process by releasing carbon dioxide gas, which causes dough to rise and increases its volume.


-Binding agent:
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used to improve the texture and stability of several food products.
Particularly, in meat products such as canned ham, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) aids in binding the meat together while maintaining its juiciness and tenderness.


-Sequestrant:
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also used as a sequestrant in food products.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has the ability to bind and hold onto minerals such as calcium and magnesium, which helps to prevent their accumulation and resulting adverse effects.



PRODUCTION AND REACTIONS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a sodium salt and is derived from its carbonate and phosphates, such as tkpp.



PRODUCTION OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is produced by the reaction of furnace-grade phosphoric acid with sodium carbonate to form disodium phosphate, which is then heated to 450 °C to form TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate):
2 Na2HPO4 → Na4P2O7 + H2O



BENEFITS AND APPLICATIONS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a pH buffer in detergents to extend the life of the clothes.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) keeps soap scum and insoluble salts off of your garments.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has no odour, so it will not irritate your breathing when using it.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) helps with foaming and bubbling in washing.



HOW TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE) WORKS:
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) works as a water softener, and an emulsifier to protect clothes fibre from fading.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) permits dirt and oil to be removed from clothing and prevents it from being redeposited in the wash.



CONCENTRATION AND SOLUBILITY OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is recommended that it should be used at a concentration of 5 to 20%.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) has low solubility in water and is insoluble in alcohol.



PROPERTIES OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
White powder, specific gravity 2.534, melting point 880 ºC, soluble in water, its aqueous solution is alkaline.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can form a complex with alkaline earth metal salt.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is soluble in acid, insoluble in alcohol and ammonia.

The aqueous solution of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is stable below 70 ºC and hydrolyzed to disodium hydrogen phosphate after boiling.
After weathering in dry air, crystal water is lost at 100 ºC.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is easy to absorb moisture and deliquescence in the air.



RELATED COMPOUNDS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
*Other anions
*Trisodium phosphate
*Pentasodium triphosphate
*Sodium hexametaphosphate
*Disodium pyrophosphate



OTHER CATIONS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
*Tetrapotassium pyrophosphate



BENEFITS OF TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a commonly used food additive that has numerous benefits in the food industry.
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is a odorless tasteless white crystalline powder that is highly resistant to heat and acidity.
As a result, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is used as a stabilizer, emulsifier, and buffering agent in a variety of food products.

One of the main benefits of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is that it helps to regulate the pH levels of food products.
This makes TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) an excellent ingredient in baking, where it is used as a leavening agent in baking powders and canned dough to improve texture, cell structure, and shelf life.

TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) also enhances the flavor of several food products.
Another benefit of TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is its ability to bind and retain moisture in meat products.
This is important as TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) increases the total yield of the product while also ensuring that the meat remains juicy and tender.

TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is also known for having potential health benefits.
Studies suggest that TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can help to regulate calcium levels in the body, which is essential for good bone health.
Moreover, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) may have anti-inflammatory properties that can help to alleviate symptoms of pain and swelling.



IS TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE) SAFE TO EAT?
Yes, TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) almost has no side effects and the safety has been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), as well as the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA).



FOOD, TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
Food grade TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) is mainly used in following two functions:
-A buffering agent:
With the PH value from 9.8 to 10.8 (1% solution), TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be used as an alkaline to adjust pH in processed food, pudding and etc.

-A calcium sequestrant:
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can remove naturally occurring calcium ions from proteins and crosslink with proteins, which results in accelerating protein gelation, improving texture (mouthfeel) and reducing cooking loss in meat analog production (e.g. soy protein).

Following food list may contain TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate):
*Meat analogs, such as soy or wheat based food, with the appearance, flavor and mouth-feel the same with meat but not made from meat.
*Marshmallows
*Pudding
*Cheese
*Ice cream
*Milk protein products
*Tuna
*Toothpaste



BENEFITS of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
*Buffering agent
*Emulsifier
*Dispersing agent
*Sequestrant
*Foaming agent
*Protein coagulant



HOW IS TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE) MADE?
TSPP (Tetrasodium pyrophosphate) can be produced by the neutralization of phosphoric acid with sodium hydroxide with mol proportions of 2:1.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
Chemical formula: Na4O7P2
Molar mass: 265.900 g·mol−1
Appearance: Colorless or white crystals
Odor: odorless
Density: 2.534 g/cm3
Melting point: 988 °C (1,810 °F; 1,261 K) (anhydrous)
79.5 °C (decahydrate)
Boiling point: decomposes
Solubility in water: 2.61 g/100 mL (0 °C)
6.7 g/100 mL (25 °C)
42.2 g/100 mL (100 °C)
Solubility: insoluble in ammonia, alcohol
Refractive index (nD): 1.425
Crystal structure: monoclinic (decahydrate)
Heat capacity (C): 241 J/mol K
Std molar entropy (S⦵298): 270 J/mol K
Std enthalpy of formation (ΔfH⦵298): -3166 kJ/mol
Gibbs free energy (ΔfG⦵): -3001 kJ/mol
Molecular Formula: Na4P2O7 * 10 H2O

Ph (1% solution): 10-10.6
Flor: 0-10 ppm
Bullet: 1.0 ppm max.
CAS number: 13472-36-1
Molecular Formula: Na4P2O7 * 10 H2O
Appearance: White powder
Ph: 10,4
Content: 95.8%
Insoluble in water: 0.09%
Molecular Weight: 446.0552 g / mol
Molecular Weight: 265.90
Molecular Formula: Na4P2O7
Melting Point: 880°C
Density: 2.53
Storage: Keep tightly closed in a cool place in a tightly closed container.
Assay: 0.99
Stability: Stable.
Molecular Weight: 265.90 g/mol
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 0
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 7
Rotatable Bond Count: 0

Exact Mass: 265.87100346 g/mol
Monoisotopic Mass: 265.87100346 g/mol
Topological Polar Surface Area: 136Ų
Heavy Atom Count: 13
Formal Charge: 0
Complexity: 124
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 5
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes
CAS number: 7722-88-5
Appearance: white powder or granular powder
Solubility: Soluble in water, insoluble in ethanol
MP: 80 °C
BP: 93.8 °C
Density: 2.53 g/mL at 25 °C (lit.)
Solubility: H2O: 0.1 M at 20 °C, clear, colorless
Sensitive: Hygroscopic
Merck: 14, 9240
Stability: Stable



FIRST AID MEASURES of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Description of first-aid measures:
*General advice:
Show this material safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
*If inhaled:
After inhalation:
Rresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.
Rinse skin with water/ shower.
*In case of eye contact:
After eye contact:
Rinse out with plenty of water.
Call in ophthalmologist.
Remove contact lenses.
*If swallowed:
After swallowing:
Immediately make victim drink water (two glasses at most).
Consult a physician.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Cover drains.
Collect, bind, and pump off spills.
Take up dry.
Dispose of properly.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Water
Foam
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Dry powder
*Unsuitable extinguishing media:
For this substance/mixture no limitations of extinguishing agents are given.
-Further information:
Prevent fire extinguishing water from contaminating surface water or the ground water system.



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use Safety glasses.
*Skin protection:
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
protective clothing
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Tightly closed.
Dry.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TSPP (TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE):
-Chemical stability:
The product is chemically stable under standard ambient conditions (room temperature).
-Incompatible materials:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
DIPHOSPHORIC ACID TETRASODIUM SALT
DIPHOSPHORIC ACID, TETRASODIUM SALT, DECAHYDRATE
DECAHYDRATE TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE
TETRA-SODIUM DIPHOSPHATE
TETRA-SODIUM DIPHOSPHATE-10-HYDRATE
TETRA-SODIUM DIPHOSPHATE DECAHYDRATE
TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE
SODIUM D
Sodium pyrophosphate
TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE
7722-88-5
TSPP
Tetrasodium diphosphate
Phosphotex
Diphosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt
Sodium diphosphate
Victor TSPP
Caswell No. 847
Sodium pyrophosphate [USAN]
Sodium pyrophosphate tetrabasic
Natrium pyrophosphat
Pyrophosphoric acid tetrasodium salt
Sodium diphosphate, anhydrous
Sodium phosphate (Na4P2O7)
HSDB 854
sodium pyrophosphate(V)
Sodium diphosphate (Na4P2O7)
Sodium pyrophosphate, tetrabasic
Sodium pyrophosphate (Na4P2O7)
Anhydrous tetrasodium pyrophosphate
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate, anhydrous
EINECS 231-767-1
NSC 56751
Pyrophosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt
Na4P2O7
EPA Pesticide Chemical Code 076405
DTXSID9042465
UNII-O352864B8Z
CHEBI:71240
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate, anhydride
O352864B8Z
EC 231-767-1
Sodium pyrophosphate (USAN)
MFCD00003513
Sodium diphosphate tetrabasic
Tetranatriumpyrofosfat
SODIUMPYROPHOSPHATE
tetra sodium pyrophosphate
Na4O7P2
Diphosphoric acid sodium salt
H4O7P2.4Na
H4-O7-P2.4Na
DTXCID7022465
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [II]
FQENQNTWSFEDLI-UHFFFAOYSA-J
Sodium diphosphate (Na4(P2O7))
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [FCC]
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate Anhydrous
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [HSDB]
CS-B1771
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [VANDF]
tetrasodium (phosphonooxy)phosphonate
Tox21_110033
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [MART.]
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate (anhydrous)
SODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [WHO-DD]
TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [MI]
AKOS015914004
AKOS024418778
Diphosphoric acid, sodium salt (1:4)
LS-2429
TETRASODIUM PYROPHOSPHATE [INCI]
NCGC00013687-01
CAS-7722-88-5
FT-0689073
D05873
E75941
EN300-332889
Q418504
1004291-85-3
Diphosphoricacid, tetrasodium salt (9CI)
Pyrophosphoric acid, tetrasodium salt (8CI)
Accoline 126
Anhydrous tetrasodium pyrophosphate
Phosphotex
SPP
SPP(phosphate)
Sodium diphosphate
Sodium diphosphate (Na4P2O7)
Sodium phosphate(Na4P2O7)
Sodium pyrophosphate
Sodium pyrophosphate (Na4P2O7)
TSPP
Tetrasodium diphosphate
Tetrasodium diphosphate (Na4P2O7)
Diphosphoricacid, sodium salt (1:4)
Tetrasodium pyrophosphate (Na4P2O7)
Thermphos Pyro E 450
Victor TSPP
Tetra Sodium Pyrophosphate
tetrasodium pyrophosphate
sodium diphosphate
TSPP, sodium pyrophosphate
tetrasodium pyrophosphate
tetrasodium diphosphate
pyrophosphate sodium

China Wood Oil; Nut Oil cas no: 8001-20-5

TUNG OIL = CHINA WOOD OIL

Tung oil is natural Tung oil provides a hard, transparent and non-yellowing coating.
Tung oil can be used on outdoor wood and indoor furniture.
Tung oil is suitable for all woods in contact with food when VOC-free.

CAS Number: 8001-20-5
EC Number: 232-272-3

Tung oil is obtained from the seed kernel of tung (Aleurites fordii), a tree that grows in parts of China and South America.
The oil content in the kernel varies from 40 to 60%.

The crude oil is mainly used.
Tung oil is bright brown, opaque and with a characteristic odour.
Tung oil is an oil with the highest drying power, even greater than that of linseed oil.

The main fatty acid is eleostearic (between 70 and 85%), with 3 unsaturations in combined positions.
Eleostearic acid is only present in tung oil.

Tung oil is mainly used in resins, varnishes, inks and generally in formulations where high film strength is required.
When considering Tung oil use for coatings, Tung oil use is basically exterior.
Tung oil is one of the main components of teak oil together with linseed oil.

Tung oil or China wood oil is a drying oil obtained by pressing the seed from the nut of the tung tree (Vernicia fordii).
Tung oil hardens upon exposure to air (through polymerization), and the resulting coating is transparent and has a deep, almost wet look.

Tung oil is used mostly for finishing and protecting wood, after numerous coats, the finish can even look plastic-like.
Related drying oils include linseed, safflower, poppy, and soybean oils.

Raw tung oil tends to dry to a fine, wrinkled finish (the English name for this is gas checking).
This property was used to make wrinkle finishes, usually by adding excess cobalt drier.
To prevent wrinkling, the oil is heated to gas-proof Tung oil (also known as "boiled").

'Tung oil' is often used by paint and varnish manufacturers as a generic name for any wood-finishing product that contains the real tung oil or provides a finish that resembles the finish obtained with tung oil.

Tung oil is a drying oil that’s extracted from the seed of the tung tree, which is native to China and a few other Asian countries.
The oil has been used for centuries as a water-resistant finish for boats and other wooden objects, as well as to finish stone.
Tung oil is an excellent alternative to other drying oils, such as walnut, linseed and soy.

On top of producing a beautiful and protective finish, tung oil is also a popular choice for projects because Tung oil is versatile, easy to use, and environmentally friendly.

There are many reasons why people love tung oil for their projects, and one of the most popular is Tung oil flexible, durable, food safe, and protective waterproof finish that doesn’t mold, darken or go rancid.
On a practical note, tung oil also dries faster than other oils, making Tung oil easier and less time-consuming to apply.
From an aesthetic standpoint, tung oil also cures to a beautiful matte finish that adds depth to woodgrain, producing an antique-style finish on any surface.

Tung oil, also called wood oil, or china wood oil, pale-yellow, pungent drying oil obtained from the seeds of the tung tree.
On long standing or on heating, tung oil polymerizes to a hard, waterproof gel that is highly resistant to acids and alkalies.

Tung oil is used in quick-drying varnishes and paints, as a waterproofing agent, and in making linoleum, oilcloth, and insulating compounds.
Tung oil is produced chiefly in China from the tung tree.

Marco Polo is said to have brought a sample back to the western world from China.
Completely natural and renewable, pure tung oil has gained recent popularity among the environmentally conscious.

Inherently resistant to disease and insects, tung trees require no fungicides or pesticides.
Tung nut byproducts can be used for mulch.
During World War II the Chinese figured out how to use Tung Oil as motor fuel.

Tung oil is a small deciduous tree that grows up to 40 feet tall with smooth bark and a branchy head.
Tung oil leaves are dark green and glossy with blades 3-13 inches wide.

The tung tree has flowers that range in size from 1-3 inches in diameter with petals that are white tinged with red and yellow.
Each nut or fruit contains 3-7 large seeds.

The tung tree’s official botanical name is Aleurites fordii.
Tung oil thrives in moist, well-drained, slightly acidic soil.

These hearty, fast growing trees mature to bear fruit in their third year and yield commercial quantities at four to five years of age.
Maximum production occurs in the tenth to twelfth years of growth, with trees expected to be commercially productive for at least 20 years after optimum production has occurred.

In the Northern Hemisphere, tung tree nuts grow in clusters and fall to the ground from late September through November.
The fruits are left for a few weeks to dry and cure.

Tung oil is produced by harvesting these nuts and separating the nuts from their hard outer shells.
Then the transparent oil is squeezed from the seeds inside.

Dried and pressed nuts yield about twenty percent oil.
Under favorable conditions an acre of tung trees will produce about two tons of tung nuts and yield about 100 gallons of raw tung oil annually.

Tung oil is made from pressed seeds from the nut of the tung tree.
The tung tree, native to China, is named for Tung oil heart-shaped leaves because “tung” is Chinese for “heart.”

In the 14th century, Chinese merchants were noted for using tung oil to waterproof and protect wooden ships from the eroding powers of the sea.
There are even mentions of tung oil appearing in the writings of Confucius in around 400 B.C.
For these reasons, Tung oil is also sometimes referred to as “China wood oil.

Pure tung oil is considered a drying oil much like linseed, safflower, poppy and soybean oil and is known to have a slightly golden tint.
Tung oil, which is actually a vegetable oil, is considered the best penetrating drying oil available due to Tung oil unique ability to wet the surface, allowing Tung oil to penetrate even the densest woods.
Unlike linseed oil, Tung oil will not darken with age.

Originating from China and South America, tung oil—an extract from tung-tree nuts—is a natural drying oil that coats your fine wood furnishings with a transparent, wet finish.
Tung oil enhances the color of your wood, offers excellent protection and is eco-friendly.

While there are many advantages to using Tung oil, pure tung oil takes two to three days to harden, and needs at least five coats.
Oil/varnish blends and wiping varnishes are faster-drying, more practical options, but such terms rarely appear on labels.

Penetrating tung oil finishes come in three varieties: pure tung oil, oil/varnish blends, and wiping varnish.
They all share the benefits that tung oil imparts to a finish—durability, water resistance, resilient hardness, and color stability—depending on how much of the oil they actually contain and what form Tung oil takes.

Pure tung oil:
Pure tung oil is easy to identify because Tung oil contains no solvents.
That may be a good thing in terms of limiting your exposure to VOCs, but applying Tung oil is an exacting, drawn-out process.

You have to wait at least two to three days for each coat to harden.
And Tung oil takes five to seven coats to get a protective film.
Rushing the process, or applying too thick a coat, causes wrinkling, which has to be sanded off.

Regular reapplication is a must—”once a week for a month, once a month for a year, once a year ever after,” as the saying goes.
The results can be gorgeous, as long as you have the necessary patience.

Uses of Tung oil:
Tung oil is used mostly for finishing and protecting wood, after numerous coats, the finish can even look plastic-like.

The interior can be used for all woods (except floor).
Tung oil can also be used on wood that comes into contact with food.

Especially gun handles, wooden handle cutting tools, wooden products for hobby purposes are especially preferred.
As the number of layers increases, Tung oil brightness increases.

Wood Finishing:
Tung oil is very popular today because of two properties: first, Tung oil is a naturally derived substance.
Second, after Tung oil cures (5 to 30 days, weather/temperature related), the result is a very hard and easily repaired finish, so Tung oil is used on boat decks and now on floors.

The oil is often diluted with hydrocarbon thinner so Tung oil viscosity is very low and enables the oil to penetrate the finest grain woods.
This thinning vehicle evaporates within 15 to 20 minutes.

When applied in many fine/thinner coats over wood, tung oil slowly cures to a matte/light satin look with slight golden tint.
Tung oil resists water better than any other pure oil finish and does not darken noticeably with age.

Tung oil is claimed to be less susceptible to mould than linseed oil.
Tung oil is considered safe to be used on sculptures made near waterways.

Heating tung oil to about 500 °F (260 °C) in an oxygen-free environment will substantially increase the viscosity and film-forming quality of the product.
Most polymerized tung oils are sold mixed with mineral spirits to make them easier to work with.
Limonene and D-limonene are less toxic alternatives for mineral spirits.

Oil-paper umbrella:
The oil-paper umbrella is the traditional umbrella used in China, Japan, and other countries in the sinosphere, and was brought to Western countries through the Silk Road.
Tung oil is the "oil" mentioned in the oil-paper umbrella, which is used to protect the paper from getting wet, and to make the umbrella waterproof.

The Many Uses of Tung Oil:
Carpenters, woodworkers, crafters, and hobbyist alike all love tung oil, and over the years they’ve used Tung oil as a beautiful and protective finish on a wide number of projects and surfaces.
For instance, tung oil has been used with fantastic results to finish wood, bamboo, concrete, stone, brick, and even metal surfaces.
Tung oil is a favorite for finishing wood floors, cabinetry, decks, siding, furniture, guitars and other musical instruments, handmade toys, and more.

This product can be used in the following industries:
Lubricants, Paints & Coatings

This product can be applied as:
Other Oleochemicals, Base Fluids

Easy-to-Follow Steps for Applying Tung Oil to Your Projects

1. Clean the surface:
The proper application of tung oil depends on you starting with a clean and prepared surface.
Before you start, make sure there’s no grease, oil, dirt, dust, or other contaminants on the surface.

If necessary, start by sanding or stripping the surface to remove any coating or finish that’s already there.
Tung oil can only be applied to bare surfaces or over another coat of tung oil.

Follow that up by cleaning the surface with trisodium phosphate.
Sand the surface one more time with 150-grit sandpaper, and then vacuum well to remove all dust.

2. Thin the oil:
A thinner will make the tung oil easier to apply, faster to dry, and will improve penetration.
The only time you shouldn’t thin the oil first is if you’re applying Tung oil to weathered wood, concrete, old and unfinished wood floors, or other highly absorbent surfaces.

To thin the oil, combine Tung oil with equal parts Citrus Solvent, mineral spirits, or Odorless Mineral Spirits before application.
Do not use a mineral spirit or odorless mineral spirit marketed as “green”, “eco-friendly”, or similar verbiage.

These do not mix with the tung oil and will create adverse effects on your finish.
You could also choose one of our pre-thinned options, Half & Half or Dark Half, to use straight out of the bottle!

3. Apply a generous first layer
You can apply the oil with a natural bristle brush, a sponge brush, or a soft and lint-free rag.
Apply the oil liberally to the surface.

Unlike varnish, which sits on top of the wood, the goal with tung oil is to thoroughly saturate the wood cells.
When you’ve applied the first coat, let the oil absorb.

4. Apply subsequent coats:
After the first coat has absorbed, apply a second coat.
Continue this process of applying coats, waiting 40 minutes between coats if necessary, until over 80 percent of the surface stays glossy for at least 40 minutes.

This means the wood cells have been saturated and you can move to the next step.
Decorative items may need two to four coats, while functional surfaces that will be handled, used, or walked on will need a minimum of three to five.

5. Removing unabsorbed oil from the surface:
After you’ve applied multiple coats and the wood won’t absorb any more oil, use a clean rag to wipe the surface.
If there are any puddles of oil on the surface, mop them up with the rags.

This is important as you don’t want the tung oil to start curing on the surface.
At this point, your surface is fully saturated.

However, the pure tung oil will settle inside the wood/material overnight on through the next day.
To get the best finish we recommend applying one or two more coats of the oil, following the instructions previously stated, after this period of waiting.

Make sure to wipe up oil that’s on the surface that does not absorb.
Hang oil-soaked rags separately outside to dry before disposing.

6. Let the oil cure for up to 30 days:
From here, the oil will need a week to 10 days to start curing, and 15 days to 30 days to fully cure.
Do not put the tung oiled object in direct sunlight for an extended period of time.

For the first 10 days of curing, check and wipe up any tung oil that may seep to the surface.
During this curing time, you can walk on floors with clean shoes, but avoid placing heavy objects on the floor or walking on Tung oil with dirty shoes. (Tip: put old rags under your shoes to walk across the surface no matter what shoes you’re wearing.)

There are no other sealers or protective products needed on top of your oil.
Tung oil naturally seals, waterproofs, and protects your surfaces!

7. Cleaning your surfaces:
Pure tung oil is easy to clean.
For your floors or other wooden objects, just simply use hot water and standard dish soap.

8. Reapply as necessary to revive and provide more protection:
Surfaces that are used often or walked on frequently may need some maintenance to revive their look and add more protection.
To do this, simply mix 2 parts thinner to 1 part tung oil and wipe down your surfaces.
Allow time to dry as necessary.

Tung oil has been popular for thousands of years, thanks to the protective and waterproof finish Tung oil creates on wood and other porous surfaces.
These days, pure tung oil is also gaining momentum because Tung oil’s non-toxic, environmentally friendly, and food safe, meaning Tung oil’s ideal for kitchenware, butcher block, cutting boards, countertops, and even toys.

Applying tung oil is easy and effective.

The main tips to remember are: don’t leave excess oil on the surface during the curing phase, no sanding necessary between coats, no other sealer or topcoats needed and use 2 parts thinner to 1 part tung oil for maintenance.

Applications of Tung oil:
The traditional technique for applying pure tung oil is to dilute the oil 1:1 with solvent, then apply a succession of very thin films with a soft, lint-free cloth such as tee-shirt cotton.
Diluents range from traditional spirits of turpentine to any of the new citrus-based thinners to naphtha.

The choice of thinner should be guided by how fast the coating needs to set.
Naphtha works well in spray-on applications in well-ventilated studios.

Primary coats may be laid down at a 1:1 oil-to-thinner ratio, and successive layers, if not absorbed into the wood, at higher solvent to oil concentrations.
This technique brings out the deepest color of the wood while maintaining a matte finish.

Tung oil finishes that start with polymerized oils or tung oil preparations are best applied in the fat over lean principle: thinned pure oil is applied to deeply penetrate the surface, to fill pores.
Straight oil is then applied moderately to adhere to the surface and provide a good base for the thick gloss layers.

The polymerized oil is then applied thickly as a single layer, allowed to fully dry, buffed smooth with very fine sandpaper and 0000 steel wool.
The surface is wiped clean with a moistened rag and allowed to dry.

A final coat is applied fairly thickly (the oil will smooth itself into a glass-like coating) and allowed to dry for two to three days.
Rags soaked with tung oil can spontaneously combust (burst into flame).

Benefits of Tung oil:

Easy to Use:
Tung oil is a natural oil recognised by craftsmen to offer the ultimate hand-rubbed finish for all fine woods; just wipe on and allow the oil to cure at room temperature.

Permeates:
Unlike other finishes that form a film on the wood’s surface, tung oil penetrates deep into the wood fibres, cures to a flexible non-oily solid, and becomes part of the wood Tung oilself

Protects:
Resistant to moisture, alcohol, oil, and everyday wear for lasting beauty and protection; lasts many times longer than mineral oil and wax based products.

Multi Use:
Amazing results on almost any surface that will allow the oil to penetrate - new unfinished wood, weathered wood, stripped wood, concrete floors and countertops, even brick, stone, and cast iron

Great for Food Contact Surfaces:
Tung oil is considered non-toxic when dry therefore is great for cutting boards, butcher blocks, countertops, wooden bowls, wooden utensils, and more.

Features of Tung oil:
Super easy to apply.
Keeps the wood strong from inside and prevents stains.

Suitable only for indoor use, but has water resistant properties.
Provides a warm glow type of finish, while keeping the original pores and natural beauty of the wood.
Completely non-toxic due to lack of any additives.

Composition of Tung oil:
The fatty acids in tung oil and their concentration are listed in the table.

Fatty acid composition of tung oil:
Alpha-eleostearic acid: 82.0%
Linoleic acid: 8.5%
Palmitic acid: 5.5%
Oleic acid: 4.0%

The primary constituent is a fatty acid with a chain of 18 linked carbon atoms or methylene units containing three conjugated double bonds.
They are especially sensitive to autoxidation, which encourages cross linking of neighbouring chains, hence hardening of the base resin.

History of Tung oil:
The tung oil tree originates in southern China and was cultivated there for tung oil, but the date of cultivation remains unknown.
During the Song Dynasty, tung oil was used for waterproofing on ships.

The word "tung" is etymologically derived from the Chinese 桐 tóng.
The earliest references for Chinese use of tung oil is in the writings of Confucius around 500 to 400 BC.

The first tung tree seed was brought to America from Hankow, China in 1905 by a senior agricultural explorer for the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
In 1912 the Bureau of Plant Industry issued a special bulletin that urged growers to plant tung orchards and offered a limited number of free one-year old trees.

This was a perfect fit, because after acre upon acre of pine trees were cut for timber in the early 1900s, Gulf Coast farmers were looking for a sustainable cash crop for the vast vacant land.
That same year, ten trees were planted at University of Florida’s Agricultural Experiment Station in Gainesville.
By 1927, there were over 400 growers and more than 10,000 acres of tung oil trees in Alachua County, Florida and surrounding areas alone.

In 1928, L.P. Moore, nephew of the Benjamin Moore Paints founder, built the first mechanized tung oil compressing mill in the world, located in Gainsville, Florida.
This began the commercial production of tung oil in America.

Other mills later popped up in Cairo, Georgia and Florala, Alabama.
The U.S. was a prime location for this new industry, importing 100 million pounds of Chinese tung oil in 1927, and 120 million pounds in 1933, with demand still exceeding supply.
The industry expanded from Florida, Georgia and Alabama to Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas,with Mississippi becoming the largest producing state.

Just prior to the outbreak of WWII, tung oil was declared a strategic item for defense use, so the government aided growers to help them to produce more and better trees.
During the war, all ammunition was coated with tung oil and products containing tung oil painted all ships.

Not only were government support programs available for US growers, but the government also assisted foreign plantings in South America, particularly Argentina.
There was an embargo on Chinese tung oil at the time, making domestic oil profitable.
The Pan American Tung Research and Development League was formed between tung oil producers in Amercica and Argentina to work jointly on research and development and to pool tung oil from both countries to provide consistent supplies to U.S. consumers.

Identifiers of Tung oil:
CAS Number: 8001-20-5
ChemSpider: none
ECHA InfoCard: 100.029.338
EC Number: 232-272-3
UNII: 3C8NM3A2P0
CompTox Dashboard (EPA): DTXSID7029291

Substance: Tung Oil
CAS: 8001-20-5
EC number: 232-272-3
REACH compliant: Yes
Min. purity / concentration: 100%
Appearance: Liquid

Properties of Tung oil:
Density: 0.937 g/ml at 25°C
Refractive index (nD): 1.52 (20°C)

Specifications of Tung oil:
Specific weight at 25 °C: ca. 0.9320
Refraction index at 25 °C: 1.5165 - 1.5200
Free fatty acid [%]: max. 2.5
Iodine value [Wijs]: min. 158
Colour [Gardner]: max. 9
Moisture [%]: max. 0.2

Names of Tung oil:

IUPAC name:
tung oil

Other names:
China wood oil
lumbang oil
tung oil paraformaldehyde
tungmeal
tungoel

Synonyms of Tung oil:
TUNG OIL
chinawood
CHINA WOOD OIL
TUNG OIL PARAFORMALDEHYD
TUNGMEAL
Tungoel
Einecs 232-272-3
Tung oil [oil, misc.]

Tung oil
CAS number: 8001-20-5
EC Number: 232-272-3



APPLICATIONS


Tung oil is often used by paint and varnish manufacturers as a generic name for any wood-finishing product that contains the real tung oil or provides a finish that resembles the finish obtained with tung oil.
Furthermore, Tung oil is a plant oil that can be polymerized to produce a variety of products which include pressure sensitive adhesives, self-healed epoxy coatings, polyurethane foam, and vinyl ester resins.


Different uses of Tung oil:

Wood finishing
Pain Relief
Oil-paper Umbrella
Solvent


Tung oil is very popular today because of two properties:
1) Tung oil is a naturally derived substance.
2) After Tung oil cures (5 to 30 days, weather/temperature related), the result is a very hard and easily repaired finish.
So, Tung oil is used on boat decks and now on floors.

Tung oil is often diluted with hydrocarbon thinner so its viscosity is very low and enables the oil to penetrate the finest grain woods.
This thinning vehicle evaporates within 15 to 20 minutes.

When applied in many fine/thinner coats over wood, tung oil slowly cures to a matte/light satin look with slight golden tint.
Tung oil resists water better than any other pure oil finish and does not darken noticeably with age.

Tung oil is claimed to be less susceptible to mould than linseed oil.
Moreover, Tung oil is considered safe to be used on sculptures made near waterways.

Heating tung oil to about 500 °F (260 °C)[13] in an oxygen-free environment will substantially increase the viscosity and film-forming quality of the product.
Most polymerized tung oils are sold mixed with mineral spirits to make them easier to work with.
Limonene and D-limonene are less toxic alternatives for mineral spirits.


The oil-paper umbrella is the traditional umbrella used in China, Japan, and other countries in the sinosphere, and was brought to Western countries through the Silk Road.
Tung oil is the "oil" mentioned in the oil-paper umbrella, which is used to protect the paper from getting wet, and to make the umbrella waterproof.


The traditional technique for applying pure tung oil is to dilute the oil 1:1 with solvent, then apply a succession of very thin films with a soft, lint-free cloth such as tee-shirt cotton.
Diluents range from traditional spirits of turpentine to any of the new citrus-based thinners to naphtha.

The choice of thinner should be guided by how fast the coating needs to set.
Tung oil works well in spray-on applications in well-ventilated studios.

Primary coats may be laid down at a 1:1 oil-to-thinner ratio, and successive layers, if not absorbed into the wood, at higher solvent to oil concentrations.
This technique brings out the deepest color of the wood while maintaining a matte finish.

Tung oil finishes that start with polymerized oils or tung oil preparations are best applied in the fat over lean principle: thinned pure oil is applied to deeply penetrate the surface, to fill pores.
Straight oil is then applied moderately to adhere to the surface and provide a good base for the thick gloss layers.
The polymerized oil is then applied thickly as a single layer, allowed to fully dry, buffed smooth with very fine sandpaper and 0000 steel wool.

The surface is wiped clean with a moistened rag and allowed to dry.
A final coat is applied fairly thickly (the oil will smooth itself into a glass-like coating) and allowed to dry for two to three days.
Rags soaked with tung oil can spontaneously combust (burst into flame).

Tung oil is a plant oil that can be polymerized to produce a variety of products, which include pressure sensitive adhesives, self-healed epoxy coatings, polyurethane foam, and vinyl ester resins.

Tung Oil is pressed from the nuts of Tung tree is known also as China wood oil and nut oil.
Major producing countries are mainland China and South America (Argentina and Paraguay), United States and Africa.

Tung tree farms in the southern U. S. and Argentina now supply tung oil, formerly available only from China.
The oil is still known in some circles as "China wood oil".Tung oil is an ideal "binder" or "vehicle", carrying the resins and driers deep into the pores of the wood so that sealer and finish coats practically become part of the wood - drying into an armor-like yet beautiful surface.

Tung oil tree (Aleurites fordii), a deciduous shade tree native to China.
It belongs to the Euphorbia Family (Euphorbiaceae) along with the candlenut tree (A molucanna), another species with seeds rich in unsaturated oils.

For centuries tung oil has been used for paints and waterproof coatings, and as a component of caulk and mortar.
Tung oil is an ingredient in ink and is commonly used for a lustrous finish on wood.
Some woodworkers consider tung oil to be one of the best natural finishes for wood.

Tung oil is composed primarily of eleostearic (elaeostearic) acid, with smaller amounts of oleic, linoleic and palmitic glycerides.
Eleostearic acid is a crystalline unsaturated fatty acid that existsin 2 stereoisomeric forms: An alpha acid occurring as the glycerol ester especially in tung oil, and a beta acid obtained from the alpha acid by irradiation (9, 11, 13-octadecatrienoic acid).

Other unsaturated plant oils, such as castor oil and linseed oil, take longer to dry and leave an oily residue until they soak into the wood surface.
Tung oil 's ability to dry quickly and polymerize into a tough, glossy, waterproof coating has made it especially valuable in paints, varnishes, linoleum, oilcloth and printing inks.

The largest application for the oil is paint and varnish, and also wide utilized by soap, inks, electrical insulators, furniture, shipbuilding, etc.
In recent years, the deep development and research of tung oil products at home and abroad are very active, the main research direction is in the electronics industry, advanced printing inks, heat-sensitive copying materials, integrated circuit board materials, marine paint and current product coatings, electrical insulation coatings, chemical industry, surfactants, defoamers, fungicides, adhesives, synthetic resins, plastic industry, rubber industry.

Under the action of alkali and acid, the main component of tung oil, the triglyceride of tung oil is hydrolyzed into unsaturated Tung oil acid containing three conjugated double bonds.
The conjugated double bond in the molecular structure is adjacent to the hydrogen on the carbon atom.

Under the action of O2 in the air, the hydrogen abstraction reaction occurs, and the generated hydroperoxide is decomposed to generate free radicals, and the polymerization reaction is initiated.
According to the molecular structure characteristics of tung oil, the researchers use the principle of addition, polycondensation, esterification to explore the process.

The use of tung oil to modify polymer has been reported more, such as Tung oil modified alkyd resin, polyurethane, epoxy resin and silicone resin, etc., but also used to prepare epoxy resin curing agent or copolymerization with other monomers.




DESCRIPTION


Tung oil or China wood oil is a drying oil obtained by pressing the seed from the nut of the tung tree (Vernicia fordii).
Furthermore, Tung oil and its use are believed to have originated in ancient China and appear in the writings of Confucius from about 400 BC.

Tung oil hardens upon exposure to air (through polymerization), and the resulting coating is transparent and has a deep, almost wet look.
Moreover, Tung oil is used mostly for finishing and protecting wood, after numerous coats, the finish can even look plastic-like.

Related drying oils include linseed, safflower, poppy, and soybean oils.
Raw tung oil tends to dry to a fine, wrinkled finish (the English name for this is gas checking).

This property was used to make wrinkle finishes, usually by adding excess cobalt drier.
To prevent wrinkling, Tung oil is heated to gas-proof it (also known as "boiled").

Tung oil is also called china wood oil that can be produced by cold pressing the seeds of tung tree.
Besides, Tung oil can be used as a biodiesel and a drying oil in the production of paints.

There are different extractives of Tung oil and their physically modified derivatives.
Tung oil consists primarily of the glycerides of the fatty acid eleostearic.

Tung oil is also called china wood oil that can be produced by cold pressing the seeds of tung tree.
In addition, Tung oil can be used as a biodiesel and a drying oil in the production of paints.

Tung oil is an excellent vegetable oil with drying properties.
More to that, Tung oil has the characteristics of fast drying, light specific gravity, good gloss, strong adhesion, heat resistance, Acid resistance, Alkali resistance, corrosion resistance, rust resistance, non-conductivity, etc.

Tung oil is widely used.
Further to that, Tung oil is the main raw material for the manufacture of paints and inks.
Tung oil is widely used as waterproof, anti-corrosion and anti-rust coatings for construction, machinery, weapons, vehicles and boats, fishing gear, and electrical appliances. insecticides, etc.

Tung oil is obtained from the hot pressing of tung oil, is a drying oil (iodine value of 157~170), with high temperature (200~250 deg C) heating, can be due to self polymerization gel, or even completely cured.
This particular property of Tung Oil is due to the polymerization of its main component, α-Tung olein, a property not found in other drying oils.

Tung oil is a dark yellow liquid, which is a natural oil extracted from the seeds of vegetable oil tung trees.
However, this kind of oil has serious toxicity and cannot be taken orally, it is a kind of medicinal efficacy of Chinese herbal medicine.

After screening and cleaning, the tung seeds are dried, peeled, and separated in the shell and kernel separator, then the product was broken with a crushing roller mill.
Then the material is fried in a layer-type cooking pot, and the material temperature can reach 130 ℃, and the water content can be reduced to 2%~ 3%.
After steaming and frying, the oil yield is about 200 by pressing with a 34% type oil press.
Tung oil by deacidification, dehydration and other refining process can be made of finished products.



PROPERTIES


Appearance Form: liquid
Odour: No data available
Odour Threshold: No data available
pH: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flash point: 289 °C (552 °F) - closed cup
Evaporation rate: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Vapour pressure: No data available
Vapour density: No data available
Relative density: 0.937 g/cm3 at 25 °C (77 °F)
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient:
noctanol/water: No data available
Auto-ignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
Viscosity: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available



FIRST AID


Description of first aid measures:

If inhaled:

If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.


In case of skin contact:

Wash off with soap and plenty of water.


In case of eye contact:

Flush eyes with water as a precaution.


If swallowed:

Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.

Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed:

The most important known symptoms and effects are described in the labelling.

Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:

No data available.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 10: Combustible liquids


Specific end use(s):

No specific uses are stipulated.


Precautions for safe handling:

Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
Avoid formation of dust and aerosols.
Avoid exposure - obtain special instructions before use.
Provide appropriate exhaust ventilation at places where dust is formed.



SYNONYMS


Tungoel
TUNGMEAL
TUNG OIL
Tung oil
tung oil
chinawood
CHINA WOOD OIL
Einecs 232-272-3
Tung oil substitutes
Tung oil [Oil, misc.]
Tung oil [oil, misc.]
TUNG OIL PARAFORMALDEHYD

DESCRIPTION:

TURKEY RED OIL is a solubilizing agent for essential oils.
TURKEY RED OIL is mainly used in low foaming bath preparations.
Due to its oily components TURKEY RED OIL is applied as emollient in shower baths, liquid soaps and hand cleansing pastes.

CAS No. : 8002-33-3

E.C. no : 232-306-7

SYNONYM(S) OF TURKEY RED OIL:
Castor-oil sulfated sodium salt, Sulfated castor oil, Sulforicinolate sodium salt


Turkey Red Oil is also known as Sulfated Castor Oil.
Turkey Red Oil is the only oil that will completely disperse in water.
The oil is expressed from the seed.

Sulfated castor oil is created by adding sulfuric acid to castor oil, and is considered the first synthetic detergent.
Turkey Red Oil has a distinct and heavy scent.

Turkey Red Oil is a surfactant and therefore makes a wonderful base for a bath oil as it mixes well with water, producing a milk bath.

Turkey Red Oil Acts as an emollient and solubilizing agent.
Turkey Red Oil is mainly used in low foaming bath preparations.

Turkey Red Oil Solubilizes essential oils.
Turkey Red Oil is Used to formulate shower baths, liquid soaps and hand cleaning pastes.

As a reputed entity of this domain, we are engaged in presenting optimum quality Turkey Red Oil.

Turkey Red Oil is synthesized by adding sulfuric acid to castor oil at our advanced processing unit.
Turkey Red Oil is processed by making use of the utmost quality chemical substances using sophisticated techniques.
We offer this Turkey Red Oil in different packaging options, that is known as the first synthetic detergent among the clients.


Turkey-red oil, long used as a dyeing aid, is produced by the reaction of castor oil with sulfuric acid.

Turkey Red Oil is also widely known as Sulfated Castor Oil.
The oil is commonly referred to as Turkey Red Oil because the color of the oil resembles the color and textile dying process known as Turkey Red.

Using a process known as sulfation, our Turkey Red Oil is manufactured by exposing pure castor oil to sulfuric acid.
This specialized process produces an oil that is miscible in water while also retaining the moisturization properties of Castor Oil.
The oil is then packaged to maintain the purity, freshness and beneficial properties of this uniquely water soluble oil.


USES OF TURKEY RED OIL:
Turkey Red Oil is easily dispersible in water.
Turkey Red Oil is perfectly suited for use in making water dispersible bath oils and personal care products.
Turkey Red Oil also helps to solubilize other lipids and essential oils.

Turkey Red Oil is Used in Textile industries, Sugar industry, as a defoaming agent, as an Emulsifier.
In cosmetics Turkey Red Oil is used as humectants and as an Emulsifier for Oil Bath.








Turkey Red Oil is the name of Sulphonated Caster Oil commonly called TRO .
Neosol Chemicals manufacture Turkey Red Oil from the sulphonation of distilled Caster Oil, therefore final product is bright clear Yellow to Brown viscous liquid with pleasant odor of Caster Oil.

Turkey Red Oil is anionic detergent used in formulation of liquid detergents, wool washing, white phenyl and in lubricating applications.
Turkey Red Oil is available in various strengths but most common is 50% TRO

Turkey Red oil is used to emulsify essential oils so that they will dissolve in other water-based products, or for superfatting liquid soap if you want the soap to remain transparent.
This means that the oil will combine with the water in the tub, and not leave those little oil bubbles floating on the top of the water nor will it leave an oil ring around the tub due to its emulsifying & surfactant properties.

Turkey Red Oil is of medium viscosity and is usually used in bath oil recipes along with fragrance or essential oils, or in shampoos.
Turkey Red Oil also has great moisturizing abilities. It has a reddish-orange hue to it.


APPLICATIONS OF TURKEY RED OIL:

Turkey Red oil is used in agriculture as organic manure, in textiles as surfactants and wetting agents, in paper industry for defoaming, in cosmetics as emulsifiers, in pharmaceuticals as undecylenate, in paints inks and as lubricants.

For e.g. it is used to emulsify essential oils so that they will dissolve in other water-based products, or for superfatting liquid soap if you want the soap to remain transparent.
This means that the oil will combine with the water in the tub, and not leave those little oil bubbles floating on the top of the water.
It is of medium viscosity and is usually used in bath oil recipes along with fragrance or essential oils, or in shampoos.
This oil also has great moisturizing abilities.


Turkey Red Oil is Perfectly Suited for the Following Personal Care Applications:
Skin Care
Hair Care
Nail Care
Cosmetics
Soap


Sulfonated castor oil has a wide variety of application in different Chemical Industries.
These are some of the example where Turkey Red Oil is used:
Dyes & Intermediates:
Turkey Red Oil is use as anti-foaming purpose.

Paper & Sugar industry:
Turkey Red Oil is use as defoaming agent & An Emulsifier.

Soap & Cosmetics Industry:
Turkey Red Oil protects the skin with standing the oilish content irrespective of any tropic condition.

Lubricant Industry:
Turkey Red Oil is used As An Additive.   Â

Pesticide industry :
Turkey Red Oil is used As an emulsifier

Leather & rubber Industry:
Turkey Red Oil used as a softening & wetting agent.
Paints and inks Industry:
Turkey Red Oil is used As a lubricant additive.

Pigment & Colour industries:
Turkey Red Oil enhances the strength maintaining.

Alcohol:
Turkey Red Oil is used as anti-foaming & fermentation.



FEATURES OF TURKEY RED OIL:
100% disperse in water
Varying viscosity
Purity
Effectiveness


CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TURKEY RED OIL:
Clear Amber Hue
Medium-Thick Viscosity
Characteristic Castor Aroma
Moisturizing
Strength: 70%
Fully Dispersible in Water
Emulsifier/Surfactant
Humectant
Chemical description Sodium sulforicinoleate
Concentration [%] 82
pH
A = Original
B = 10% in water
C = 1% in water 7.5 (B)
Appearance [at 20 °C] liquid
Appearance Amber coloured Viscous liquid.
Melting point < 0°C
Boiling Point > 150°C
Solubility Miscible in Water, gives a clear solution.
Specific Gravity 1.015@20°C for 50% and 1.03@20°C for 70%
Sulphonation degree Minimum 4.0
PH of 2% Solution 6.5Â to 8
Colour Dark Brown/Light Yellow
Iron (F.e) by weight 0.01%
T.R.O. as Sulphoneted Oil Oil
Viscosity (B4 ford cap)at 27 degree Celsius 105-120Â Second
Centramide Value 235-255ml/gm
Fatty Matter 50Â min
Purity 50%
Specific gravity (27 degree Celsius) 1.050-1.10
Solubility Water Soluble





SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT TURKEY RED OIL
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.

DESCRIPTION:
Turpentine (which is also called spirit of turpentine, oil of turpentine, terebenthene, terebinthine and (colloquially) turps) is a fluid obtained by the distillation of resin harvested from living trees, mainly pines.
Turpentine is used as a specialized solvent.
Turpentine is also a source of material for organic syntheses.

CAS Number: 9005-90-7
EC Number: 232-688-5

Turpentine is composed of terpenes, primarily the monoterpenes alpha- and beta-pinene, with lesser amounts of carene, camphene, dipentene, and terpinolene.
Mineral turpentine or other petroleum distillates are used to replace turpentine – although the constituent chemicals are very different.
Turpentine is distilled from pine tree resins to create a superior, natural thinner that has become the artist’s choice for thinning oils and art-grade paints.
Turpentine improves bonding and penetration of most brush-applied alkyd and oil-type paints, varnishes, and enamels.
Turpentine is also used to clean brushes, rollers, spray equipment, and roller trays.

CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TURPENTINE:
Chemical formula: C10H16
Molar mass: 136.238 g•mol−1
Appearance: Viscous liquid
Odor: Resinous
Melting point: −55 °C (−67 °F; 218 K)
Boiling point: 154 °C (309 °F; 427 K)
Solubility in water: 20 mg/L
Flash point: 35 °C (95 °F; 308 K)
Autoignition temperature: 220 °C (428 °F; 493 K)
Appearance: colorless to pale yellow clear liquid (est)
Food Chemicals Codex Listed: No
Specific Gravity: 0.85000 to 0.87000 @ 25.00 °C.
Pounds per Gallon - (est).: 7.073 to 7.239
Refractive Index: 1.46000 to 1.48000 @ 20.00 °C.
Melting Point: -55.00 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg
Boiling Point: 153.00 to 175.00 °C. @ 760.00 mm Hg
Vapor Pressure: 4.000000 mmHg @ -6.70 °C.
Vapor Density: 4.84 ( Air = 1 )
Flash Point: 86.00 °F. TCC ( 30.00 °C. )
Soluble in:
alcohol
water, 5.875 mg/L @ 25 °C (est)
Insoluble in: water

Turpentine, the resinous exudate or extract obtained from coniferous trees, particularly those of the genus Pinus.
Turpentines are semifluid substances consisting of resins dissolved in a volatile oil; this mixture is separable by various distillation techniques into a volatile portion called oil (or spirit) of turpentine and a nonvolatile portion called rosin.
Although the term turpentine originally referred to the whole oleoresinous exudate, it now commonly refers to its volatile turpentine fraction only, which has various uses in industry and the visual arts.

Oil of turpentine is a colourless, oily, odorous, flammable, water-immiscible liquid with a hot, disagreeable taste.
It is a good solvent for sulphur, phosphorus, resins, waxes, oils, and natural rubber.
It hardens upon exposure to air.
Chemically, oil of turpentine is a mixture of cyclic monoterpene hydrocarbons, the predominant constituent being pinene.

Formerly, the largest use for turpentine oil was as a paint and varnish solvent.
Oil painters generally prefer it as a paint thinner and brush cleaner to petroleum solvents (mineral spirits), even though the latter are less expensive.
But the largest use of turpentine oil is now in the chemical industry, as a raw material in the synthesis of resins, insecticides, oil additives, and synthetic pine oil and camphor.
Turpentine oil is also used as a rubber solvent in the manufacture of plastics.

Turpentine oil is generally produced in countries that have vast tracts of pine trees.
The principal European turpentines are derived from the cluster pine (P. pinaster) and the Scotch pine (P. sylvestris), while the main sources of turpentine in the United States are the longleaf pine (P. palustris) and the slash pine (P. caribaea).

Turpentine oil is classified according to the way it is produced.
Sulfate turpentine, used widely in the chemicals industry, is obtained as a by-product of the kraft, or sulfate, process of cooking wood pulp in the course of the manufacture of kraft paper.
Wood turpentine is obtained by the steam distillation of dead, shredded bits of pine wood, while gum turpentine results from the distillation of the exudate of the living pine tree obtained by tapping.
Crude turpentine obtained from the living pine by tapping typically contains 65 percent gum rosin and 18 percent gum turpentine.

Various other oleoresins (solutions of resins dispersed in essential oils) are known as turpentines. Venice turpentine, for example, is a pale green, viscous liquid that is collected from the larch (Larix decidua, or L. europea).
Turpentine is used for lithographic work and in sealing wax and varnishes.

ETYMOLOGY:
The word turpentine derives (via French and Latin) from the Greek word τερεβινθίνη terebinthine, in turn the feminine form (to conform to the feminine gender of the Greek word, which means "resin") of an adjective (τερεβίνθινος) derived from the Greek noun (τερέβινθος) for the terebinth tree.

Although the word originally referred to the resinous exudate of terebinth trees (e.g. Chios turpentine, Cyprus turpentine, and Persian turpentine), it now refers to that of coniferous trees, namely crude turpentine (e.g. Venice turpentine is the oleoresin of larch), or the volatile oil part thereof, namely oil (spirit) of turpentine; the later usage is much more common today.

SOURCE TREES:
Important pines for turpentine production include: maritime pine (Pinus pinaster), Aleppo pine (Pinus halepensis), Masson's pine (Pinus massoniana), Sumatran pine (Pinus merkusii), longleaf pine (Pinus palustris), loblolly pine (Pinus taeda), slash pine (Pinus elliottii), and ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa).

To tap into the sap producing layers of the tree, turpentiners used a combination of hacks to remove the pine bark.
Once debarked, pine trees secrete crude turpentine (oleoresin) onto the surface of the wound as a protective measure to seal the opening, resist exposure to micro-organisms and insects, and prevent vital sap loss.

Turpentiners wounded trees in V-shaped streaks down the length of the trunks to channel the crude turpentine into containers.
It was then collected and processed into spirits of turpentine.
Crude turpentine yield may be increased by as much as 40% by applying paraquat herbicides to the exposed wood.

The V-shaped cuts are called "catfaces" for their resemblance to a cat's whiskers.
These marks on a pine tree signify it was used to collect resin for turpentine production.
Crude turpentine collected from the trees may be evaporated by steam distillation in a copper still. Molten rosin remains in the still bottoms after turpentine has been distilled out.
Such turpentine is called gum turpentine.
The term gum turpentine may also refer to crude turpentine, which may cause some confusion.

Turpentine may alternatively be extracted from destructive distillation of pine wood, such as shredded pine stumps, roots, and slash, using the light end of the heavy naphtha fraction (boiling between 90 and 115 °C or 195 and 240 °F) from a crude oil refinery.
Such turpentine is called wood turpentine.
Multi-stage counter-current extraction is commonly used so fresh naphtha first contacts wood leached in previous stages and naphtha laden with turpentine from previous stages contacts fresh wood before vacuum distillation to recover naphtha from the turpentine.
Leached wood is steamed for additional naphtha recovery prior to burning for energy recovery.

Sulfate turpentine:
When producing chemical wood pulp from pines or other coniferous trees, sulfate turpentine may be condensed from the gas generated in Kraft process pulp digesters.
The average yield of crude sulfate turpentine is 5–10 kg/t pulp.
Unless burned at the mill for energy production, sulfate turpentine may require additional treatment measures to remove traces of sulfur compounds.



CHEMISTRY OF TURPENTINE:
Turpentine is composed primarily of monoterpene hydrocarbons, the most prevalent of which are the pinenes, camphene, and 3-carene.
Rosin contains mostly diterpene resin acids, such as abietic acid, dehydroabietic acid, palustric acid, and isopimaric acid.
Numerous other compounds are present in small quantities in all turpentine products.
Canada turpentine, or Canada balsam, is an oleoresin obtained from the stems of the balsam fir (Abies balsamea [Family Pinaceae]).

USES AND PHARMACOLOGY:
Turpentine and its related products (the oil and rosin) are important in commerce and traditional medicine.
These products can pose a toxicity risk and should be handled and stored carefully.

Antibacterial effects:
In vitro data:
In an in vitro study, turpentine oil exerted antibacterial effects against Staphylococcus epidermidis and Escherichia coli.
Turpentine was also found to exert activity against 2 strains of yeast.

Anti-inflammatory effects:
Animal data:
Literature primarily documents turpentine use in experimental animal models of inflammation to induce a systemic inflammatory immune response, with demonstrated beneficial effects.

Antiparasitic effects:
Turpentine has been noted to possess varying antiparasitic effects.
Turpentine has been used in the treatment of myiasis.
Specifically, Turpentine is useful in helping to remove the larvae in cases of myiasis.

Clinical data:
A case report describes a 28-year-old male patient with a history of maxillofacial trauma who presented with oral myiasis.
He received topical cotton application of turpentine oil on the area infested with maggots.
After 10 to 12 minutes, the cotton was removed, and the maggots were subsequently removed.

Further treatment with surgical debridement and oral ivermectin was provided.
Another case report describes removal of blowfly larvae with turpentine oil in a neonatal patient.

Bone metabolism:
Animal data:
In a study of rats, inhibition of bone resorption occurred in a dose-dependent manner with turpentine.

Dermal injury:
Animal data:
When applied topically, turpentine causes skin irritation and, therefore, has been shown to exert rubefacient and counterirritant actions.
However, in a systematic study, a pine oil product derived from Pinus palustris and Pinus elliottii reduced dermal inflammation in a mouse ear model of contact irritant–induced dermal inflammation as well as second-degree burns to the mouse paw.

Neuropathy:
Clinical data:
Topical turpentine oil was found to be as effective as topical capsaicin cream for reducing pain in the feet of diabetic adults who suffered from painful diabetic neuropathy in a randomized, controlled trial (N=300).
Significant reductions were observed in both groups over the 3-month trial with 53% and 47%, respectively, experiencing at least a 3-point reduction in pain on the visual analogy scale.
The majority of patients were male (57%) with type 2 diabetes (89%).

Sclerosis:
Clinical data:
Abstract data from a study in Russia suggest turpentine baths may assist in the treatment of disseminated sclerosis, but the safety of this treatment has not been established.

Sexual dysfunction:
Clinical data:
One study from Russia documents the use of turpentine white emulsion baths in patients with sexual dysfunctions, but the safety of this treatment has not been established.

INDUSTRIAL AND OTHER END USES OF TURPENTINE:
Solvent:
As a solvent, turpentine is used for thinning oil-based paints, for producing varnishes, and as a raw material for the chemical industry.
Its use as a solvent in industrialized nations has largely been replaced by the much cheaper turpentine substitutes obtained from petroleum such as white spirit.
A solution of turpentine and beeswax or carnauba wax has long been used as a furniture wax.

Source of organic compounds:
Turpentine is also used as a source of raw materials in the synthesis of fragrant chemical compounds. Commercially used camphor, linalool, alpha-terpineol, and geraniol are all usually produced from alpha-pinene and beta-pinene, which are two of the chief chemical components of turpentine.
These pinenes are separated and purified by distillation.
The mixture of diterpenes and triterpenes that is left as residue after turpentine distillation is sold as rosin.

Medicinal elixir:
Turpentine and petroleum distillates such as coal oil and kerosene have been used medicinally since ancient times, as topical and sometimes internal home remedies.
Topically, Turpentine has been used for abrasions and wounds, as a treatment for lice, and when mixed with animal fat it has been used as a chest rub, or inhaler for nasal and throat ailments.
Vicks chest rubs still contain turpentine in their formulations, although not as an active ingredient.

Turpentine, now understood to be dangerous for consumption, was a common medicine among seamen during the Age of Discovery.
Turpentine was one of several products carried aboard Ferdinand Magellan's fleet during the first circumnavigation of the globe.
Taken internally Turpentine was used as a treatment for intestinal parasites.

Turpentine is dangerous, due to the chemical's toxicity.
Turpentine enemas, a very harsh purgative, had formerly been used for stubborn constipation or impaction.
Turpentine enemas were also given punitively to political dissenters in post-independence Argentina.

Niche uses:
Turpentine is also added to many cleaning and sanitary products due to its antiseptic properties and its "clean scent".
In early 19th-century America, turpentine was sometimes burned in lamps as a cheap alternative to whale oil.
Turpentine was most commonly used for outdoor lighting, due to its strong odour.

A blend of ethanol and turpentine called camphine served as the dominant lamp fuel replacing whale oil until the advent of kerosene.
In 1946, Soichiro Honda fueled the first Honda motorcycles with a blend of gasoline and turpentine to cover the smell of gasoline, due to the scarcity of gasoline in Japan following World War II.
In his book If Only They Could Talk, veterinarian and author James Herriot describes the use of the reaction of turpentine with resublimed iodine to "drive the iodine into the tissue" - or perhaps just impress the watching customer with a spectacular treatment (a dense cloud of purple smoke).
As an organic solvent, its vapour can irritate the skin and eyes, damage the lungs and respiratory system, as well as the central nervous system when inhaled, and cause damage to the renal system when ingested, among other things.
Ingestion can cause burning sensations, abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, confusion, convulsions, diarrhea, tachycardia, unconsciousness, respiratory failure, and chemical pneumonia.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) has set the legal limit (permissible exposure limit) for turpentine exposure in the workplace as 100 ppm (560 mg/m3) over an 8-hour workday.
The same threshold was adopted by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) as the recommended exposure limit (REL).
At levels of 800 ppm (4480 mg/m3), turpentine is immediately dangerous to life and health.



SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT TURPENTINE:
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.


QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT TURPENTINE:

1. What is TURPENTINE?
Turpentine is a yellow-colored, sticky liquid that comes from pine gum or pine wood.
Turpentine turns into a vapor very easily, and it can catch fire.
Oil of turpentine is a colorless liquid with a very strong smell.
Other names for turpentine are gum spirits, turps, gum thus, D.D. turpentine, wood turpentine, oil of turpentine, rectified turpentine oil, spirits of turpentine, sulfate wood turpentine, sulfate turpentine, gum turpentine, and steam-distilled turpentine.
2. Where can turpentine be found and how is turpentine used?
In the past, turpentine was the most widely used paint and varnish thinner.
Turpentine was also used in printing, hair products and medicines.
Turpentine is still used in some paints and coatings.
Today, less costly products have replaced the use of turpentine in paints.

Now, the major use of turpentine is as a raw material for the chemical industry.
Turpentine is also used for spray painting and pottery, ceramic coatings, artist’s paints and naval paints.
Turpentine is sometimes found in shoe and furniture polishes.
Turpentine is also used as a metal cleaner.

Compounds extracted from turpentine can be used for tires, plastics, adhesives, flavors, fragrances, makeup, paints and medicine.
3. How can people be exposed to turpentine?
People who work in pulp or paper factories may be exposed to turpentine.
Exposure at work can also occur at places that make flavorings, fragrances, coatings, metal cleaners or solvents.
At home, you can be exposed through food, personal care products, household products and medicine.

Pine forests are sources of natural, low level exposure to turpentine since trees release terpenes into the air.
You could be exposed to turpentine through:
Breathing vapors at work or at home, such as when painting.

Drinking turpentine in medicine.
Accidental drinking of turpentine is unlikely.
Touching paint thinners or other products containing turpentine.
Eye Contact by splashing turpentine in the eyes.

4. How does turpentine work?
Turpentine is easily taken into the intestines and the lungs.
Some turpentine leaves the body when air is breathed out.
The rest leaves the body in urine.
Turpentine irritates the stomach and intestines and affects the nervous system.

5. How can turpentine affect my health?
Turpentine is poisonous if swallowed.
Children and adults can die from drinking turpentine.
Fortunately, turpentine causes taste and odor problems before reaching toxic levels in humans. Turpentine is thought to be only mildly toxic when used according to manufacturers’ recommendations.

Turpentine can pass through the skin.
Some people develop an allergy to turpentine when exposed to it for a long time.
Turpentine exposure causes eye irritation, headache, dizziness and vomiting.
Breathing or swallowing also causes kidney and bladder irritation.

6. How is turpentine poisoning treated?
There is no treatment for turpentine poisoning.
A doctor will treat the symptoms.
Medicine may be given if seizures occur.
Pumping the stomach is only done if another poison has also been swallowed with the turpentine.

7. What should I do if exposed to turpentine?
If turpentine gets in your eyes, flush the eyes right away.
Use large amounts of water for at least 15 minutes.
Lift the lower and upper lids from time to time.
Get medical help.

If you touch turpentine, wash with soap and water.
If irritation does not stop, or if a large area of skin is affected, get medical help.
If you breathe turpentine, go to an area of fresh air.
Get medical help.

If it is hard to breathe, try to get oxygen.
Stay warm and quiet until help arrives.
If you swallow turpentine, drink several glasses of water.

Do not throw up.
Get medical help right away.
Stay warm and quiet until help arrives.

8. What factors limit use or exposure to turpentine?
When working with turpentine, have a source of fresh air and a ventilation system.
If this cannot be done, workers should wear a respirator.
Wear protective work clothing.

Wash well after exposure.
Wash again at the end of the work shift.

9. Is there a medical test to show whether I’ve been exposed to turpentine?
There is no medical test for turpentine poisoning.

1-Hydroxyethane-1,1-diyl)diphosphonic acid; Etidronsaeure; Acetodiphosphonic acid; ethane-1-hydroxy-1,1- CAS No: 2809-21-4

TURPINAL SL has been developed for the personal care industry in order to answer the need for high purity chemicals with strong chelation properties.
TURPINAL SL uses range from peroxide stabilization to bar soap oxidation prevention.
TURPINAL SL etidronic acid high purity cosmetics grade produced and tested to ensure quality and consistency.

CAS Number: 2809-21-4
EC Number: 220-552-8
Chemical Formula: C2H8O7P2
Molecular weight: 206 g/mol

TURPINAL SL provides hair damage control in bleaching/ coloring process.
TURPINAL SL acts as chelating agent.

TURPINAL SL has been developed for the personal care industry in order to answer the need for high purity chemicals with strong chelation properties.
TURPINAL SL uses range from peroxide stabilization to bar soap oxidation prevention.

TURPINAL SL etidronic acid high purity cosmetics grade produced and tested to ensure quality and consistency.
TURPINAL SL is ideally suited for personal care and cosmetic applications.

TURPINAL SL belongs to a group of medicines called bisphosphonates.
TURPINAL SL alters the cycle of bone formation and breakdown in the body.

TURPINAL SL is used to treat Paget's disease, and to treat conditions of irregular bone growth due to hip fracture or spinal cord injury.
TURPINAL SL may also be used for purposes not listed in this medication guide.

Incorporate TURPINAL SL at low levels in bar soap and hair care preparations.
TURPINAL SL is an excellent chelating agent for transition metals such as iron, copper, manganese and zinc.
TURPINAL SL is stable in oxygen bleaching conditions.

TURPINAL SL is a personal care products additive.
TURPINAL SL is produced and tested to meet the consistent high quality requirements encountered.

TURPINAL SL type is preferred for formulations based on neutral pH.
TURPINAL SL is miscible with water in all proportions and has a strong complexing capacity with polyvalent cations.

TURPINAL SL is a diphosphonate which affects calcium metabolism.
TURPINAL SL inhibits ectopic calcification and slows down bone resorption and bone turnover.

TURPINAL products are high purity grades of etidronic acid and sodium etidronate which are suitable for use in cosmetics and Personal Care or any applications requiring a very low metal content.
The high purity of these products is guaranteed by thorough quality control procedures (including testing for microbiological contamination).
Moreover, the certificate of analysis accompanying each batch contains detailed information covering chemical purity and trace metal content.

Their chelating properties make them outstanding candidates for the chelation of metal ions, in particular the transition metals (Fe, Cu, Mn, Zn) and the water hardness ions (Ca, Mg).
Thanks to the chelating properties and threshold effect, and added to TURPINAL SL chemical stability in oxidizing environment, TURPINAL can bring substantial benefits in many application fields and more specifically in the cosmetics industry.

These products are ideal chelants or additives in the following applications:
In the stabilization of peroxide bonds, in alkaline media specifically,
As a chelant in hair cosmetics containing mercaptan groups, i.e. thioglycolic acid, thiolactic acid,

As a means of limiting hair damage caused by bleaching or colouring,
In the stabilization of bar soaps, where TURPINAL is used as antioxidant and prevents discolouration and rancidity, in particular under the influence of day light,
In the stabilization of fragrances, which would otherwise lose their strength over time during storage of cosmetic formulations.

Uses of TURPINAL SL:
Use TURPINAL SL as directed by your doctor.
Check the label on the medicine for exact dosing instructions.

Take TURPINAL SL with 6 to 8 ounces (180 to 240 mL) of plain water first thing in the morning, at least 30 minutes before eating, drinking, or taking any other medicine.
TURPINAL SL works best if taken 60 minutes before eating, drinking, or taking any other medicine.

Taking TURPINAL SL with orange juice, coffee, or mineral water may decrease TURPINAL SL effectiveness.
Do not break, crush, suck, or chew the tablet before swallowing.

Do not lie down for at least 30 minutes after taking TURPINAL SL and until after you have had your first meal or snack of the day.
Do not take TURPINAL SL at bedtime or before getting out of bed.

Calcium or iron supplements, vitamins, or antacids containing calcium, magnesium, or aluminum may interfere with the absorption of TURPINAL SL.
These medicines must be taken at least 2 hours after taking TURPINAL SL.

If you miss a dose of TURPINAL SL, skip the missed dose and go back to your regular dosing schedule.
Do not take 2 doses at once.

Recommended Uses of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL SL ideally suited for use in personal care and cosmetic applications.
TURPINAL SL is added to bar soap and hair care preparations at low levels.

TURPINAL SL has a shelf life of at least 1 year in TURPINAL SL original sealed packaging at 5-30 oC.
TURPINAL SL is recommended to add TURPINAL at concentrations between 0.1-2% with reference to the finished product during production.

Usage Areas of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL SL is used in stabilization of peroxide bonds, especially in alkaline environments, as a complexing agent in hair cosmetics containing mercaptan groups (such as thioglycolic acid, thiolactic acid)

Limiting hair damage caused by bleaching and coloring,
TURPINAL SL is used in the stabilization of soap bars, especially under the influence of daylight, where TURPINAL is used as an antioxidant and protects TURPINAL SL from discoloration and molding (sour, smell).

Paget’s Disease:
TURPINAL SL disodium tablets are indicated for the treatment of symptomatic Paget’s disease of bone.

TURPINAL SL disodium therapy usually arrests or significantly impedes the disease process as evidenced by:
Symptomatic relief, including decreased pain and/or increased mobility (experienced by 3 out of 5 patients).

Reductions in serum alkaline phosphatase and urinary hydroxyproline levels (30% or more in 4 out of 5 patients).

Histomorphometry showing reduced numbers of osteoclasts and osteoblasts, and more lamellar bone formation.

Bone scans showing reduced radionuclide uptake at pagetic lesions.

In addition, reductions in pagetically elevated cardiac output and skin temperature have been observed in some patients.
In many patients, the disease process will be suppressed for a period of at least one year following cessation of therapy.
The upper limit of this period has not been determined.

The effects of the TURPINAL SL disodium treatment in patients with asymptomatic Paget’s disease have not been studied.
However, TURPINAL SL disodium treatment of such patients may be warranted if extensive involvement threatens irreversible neurologic damage, major joints, or major weight-bearing bones.

Applications of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL products are high purity grades of etidronic acid and sodium etidronate which are suitable for use in cosmetics or any applications requiring a very low metal content.

TURPINAL SL high purity of TURPINAL is guaranteed by thorough quality control procedures (including testing for microbiological contamination).
Moreover, the certificate of analysis accompanying each batch contains detailed information covering chemical purity and trace metal content.

TURPINAL SL and TURPINAL 4NL are respectively the acid form and the tetra sodium salt of etidronic acid.
They are colorless to slightly yellow liquids with a neutral odor.
TURPINAL 4NP is the tetrasodium powder form of etidronic acid.

These products can be mixed with water in all ratios and have a strong complexing capacity in relation to polyvalent cations.
The excellent complexing capacity for metals is exploited for the stabilization of H2O2-containing preparations and other preparations with active oxygen.

TURPINAL SL is also suited for application in mercaptan – containing formulations and enhances the color stability of bar soaps.
TURPINAL SL is recommended that TURPINAL be added during production with a concentration of 0.1 – 2% with reference to the finished preparation.

TURPINAL products are ideal chelants or additives in the following applications:
TURPINAL SL the stabilization of peroxide bonds, in alkaline media specifically.
As a chelant in hair cosmetics containing mercaptan groups, i.e. thioglycolic acid, thiolactic acid.

As a means of limiting hair damage caused by bleaching or coloring.
TURPINAL SL the stabilization of bar soaps, where TURPINAL is used as antioxidant and prevents discoloration and rancidity, in particular under the influence of day light.
TURPINAL SL the stabilization of fragrances, which would otherwise lose their strength over time during storage of cosmetic formulations.

Other Applications of TURPINAL SL:
Cooling water systems / industrial water treatment,
Industrial detergents,
Swimming pools,
Metal surface treatment as a corrosion inhibitor for steel,
Stabilizer in H2O2 solutions,
Sequestering agent in textile auxiliaries,
Cosmetics Oxygenated creams,
Liquid soap,
Bar soaps,
Shampoo,
Hair dyes.

Features of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL SL and 4NL are the acid form and tetra sodium salts of editronic acid, respectively.
TURPINAL SL are colorless to slightly yellow with neutral odor.

TURPINAL 2NZ and 4NP are the disodium and tetra sodium powder forms of editronic acid, respectively.
Miscible with water in all proportions and has a strong complexing capacity with polyvalent cations.

Excellent complexing capacity with metals.
TURPINAL SL is used for the stabilization of peroxide-containing preparations and other preparations to active oxygen.

TURPINAL SL is also suitable for application to formulations containing mercaptan and to increase the color stability of bar soaps.
TURPINAL SL is recommended to add TURPINAL at concentrations of 0.1-2% with reference to the finished product during production.

TURPINAL SL Indication:
TURPINAL SL is used for the treatment of symptomatic Paget's disease of bone and in the prevention and treatment of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement or due to spinal cord injury.

Pharmacology of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL SL is a first generation (non-nitrogenous) bisphosphonate in the same family as clodronate and tiludronate.
TURPINAL SL affects calcium metabolism and inhibits bone resorption and soft tissue calcification.

TURPINAL SL is a high purity etidronic acid solution.
The TURPINAL series has been developed for the personal care industry in order to answer the need for high purity chemicals with strong chelation properties.
The microbiological and trace metal content in TURPINAL SL is carefully monitored in order to provide a high purity product that meets the stricter standards of the personal care product industry.

Of the etidronic acid that is resorbed (from oral preparation) or infused (for intravenous drugs), about 50% is excreted unchanged by the kidney.
The remainder has a very high affinity for bone tissue, and is rapidly absorbed onto the bone surface.
TURPINAL SL has been shown to prevent or delay skeletal-related events and decrease bone pain as well as normalize calcium levels in the presence of hypercalcemia.

Interactions of TURPINAL SL:
There have been isolated reports of patients experiencing increases in their prothrombin times when etidronate was added to warfarin therapy.
The majority of these reports concerned variable elevations in prothrombin times without clinically significant sequelae.
Although the relevance of these reports and any mechanism of coagulation alterations is unclear, patients on warfarin should have their prothrombin time monitored.

Contraindications of TURPINAL SL:
Didronel tablets are contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to etidronate disodium or in patients with clinically overt osteomalacia.
TURPINAL SL disodium tablets, USP are indicated for the treatment of symptomatic Paget’s disease of bone and in the prevention and treatment of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement or due to spinal cord injury.
TURPINAL SL disodium tablets are not approved for the treatment of osteoporosis.

Heterotopic Ossification of TURPINAL SL:
TURPINAL SL disodium tablets are indicated in the prevention and treatment of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement or due to spinal cord injury.

TURPINAL SL disodium tablets reduce the incidence of clinically important heterotopic bone by about two-thirds.
Among those patients who form heterotopic bone, TURPINAL SL disodium tablets retard the progression of immature lesions and reduces the severity by at least half.
Follow-up data (at least 9 months post-therapy) suggests these benefits persist.

In total hip replacement patients, TURPINAL SL disodium tablets do not promote loosening of the prosthesis or impede trochanteric reattachment.
In spinal cord injury patients, TURPINAL SL disodium tablets do not inhibit fracture healing or stabilization of the spine.

Mechanism Of Action:
Bisphosphonates, when attached to bone tissue, are absorbed by osteoclasts, the bone cells that breaks down bone tissue.
Although the mechanism of action of non-nitrogenous bisphosphonates has not been fully elucidated, available data suggest that they bind strongly to hydroxyapatite crystals in the bone matrix, preferentially at the sites of increased bone turnover and inhibit the formation and dissolution of the crystals.

Other actions may include direct inhibition of mature osteoclast function, promotion of osteoclast apoptosis, and interference with osteoblast-mediated osteoclast activation.
TURPINAL SL does not interfere with bone mineralization.
In malignancy-related hypercalcemia, etidronic acid decreases serum calcium by inhibiting tumour-induced bone resorption and reducing calcium flow from the resorbing bone into the blood.

TURPINAL SL also reduces morbidity of osteolytic bone metastases by inhibiting tumour-induced bone resorption.
TURPINAL SL may promote osteoclast apoptosis by competing with adenosine triphosphate (ATP) in the cellular energy metabolism.
The osteoclast initiates apoptosis and dies, leading to an overall decrease in the breakdown of bone.

Drug Interactions of TURPINAL SL:
Aluminium Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Bismuth Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Calcium Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Iron Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Magnesium oxide Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Magnesium Formation of non-absorbable complexes
Sucralfate Formation of non-absorbable complexes

Food Interactions of TURPINAL SL:
Take on an empty stomach.
Avoid aluminium, calcium, iron and magnesium.

Identifiers of TURPINAL SL:
IUPAC Name: (1-hydroxy-1-phosphonoethyl)
CAS Number: 86159-18-4
Chemical Name: Etridonic Acid
Internal Tracking Number: 107607
Substance Type: Chemical Substance
Systematic Name: Phosphonic acid, P,P'-(1-hydroxyethylidene)bis-
CAS Number: 2809-21-4
EPA Registry Name: Etidronic acid
Molecular Weight: 206.03
Molecular Formula: C2H8O7P2

Properties of TURPINAL SL:
Chemical Formula: C2H8O7P2
Appearance: Clear, slightly yellow liquid
Density: 2.1±0.1 g/cm3
Boiling Point: 578.8±60.0 °C at 760 mmHg
Melting Point: 198~199℃
Molecular Formula: C2H8O7P2
Molecular Weight: 206.028
Flash Point: 303.8±32.9 °C
Exact Mass: 205.974518
PSA: 154.91000
LogP: -3.54
Vapour Pressure: 0.0±3.6 mmHg at 25°C
Index of Refraction: 1.586
Stability: Stable. Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents.

Appearance: clear Colorless To Pale Yellow Aqueous Solution
Specific Gravit: 1.42 - 1.46 G/ml At 25 C
Solubility: soluble In Water
Ph: < 2 (1% Solution)
Iron Content: 5 Ppm Max
Active Matter: 58 - 62%
Phosphoric Acid Content: 2.0% Max
Heavy Metals: as: < 2 Ppm; Cr/cd/mn/cu/co: < 1 Ppm
Chloride: 1.0% Max
Density (25°c): 1.43 - 1.45
Molecular Weight: 206.03

Specifications of TURPINAL SL:
Molecular weight: 206 g/mol
Freezing point: - 25 oC
Phosphoric acid: < 2%
pH (1% solution), 25 oC: < 2
Arsenic: < 2 ppm
Editronic acid: 60%
Chromium: < 1 ppm
Cobalt: < 1 ppm
Manganese: < 1 ppm
Cadmium: < 1 ppm
Iron: < 2 ppm
Copper: < 1 ppm
Specific gravity, 20/20 oC: 1.45

Other Descriptions of TURPINAL SL:

Drug Category:
Antihypocalcemic Agents
Antineoplastic Agents
Bisphosphonates
Osteoporosis Prophylactic

Drug Type:
Small Molecule
Approved

Generic Name:
Etidronic acid

Chemical Composition:
Etidronic Acid

Synonyms of TURPINAL SL:
Acetodiphosphonic acid
Acide etidronique [INN-French]
Acido etidronico [INN-Spanish]
Acidum etidronicum [INN-Latin]
EHDP
Etidronate Disodium
Etidronsaeure
HEDP
Hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid
Oxyethylidenediphosphonic acid
Etidronate
Etidronic acid
2809-21-4
etidronate
HEDP
1-Hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid
EHDP
Etidronsaeure
Acetodiphosphonic acid
Hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid
TURPINAL SL
Oxyethylidenediphosphonic acid
Didronel
Dequest 2015
Dequest Z 010
Acido etidronico
Ferrofos 510
Acide etidronique
1-Hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonate
1-Hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonic acid
Phosphonic acid, (1-hydroxyethylidene)bis-
Diphosphonate (base)
(1-Hydroxyethane-1,1-diyl)diphosphonic acid
1-Hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid
Dequest 2010
Ethane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid
(Hydroxyethylidene)diphosphonic acid
Ethane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonate
(1-Hydroxyethylene)diphosphonic acid
Acide etidronique [INN-French]
Acido etidronico [INN-Spanish]
Acidum etidronicum [INN-Latin]
(1-Hydroxyethylidene)diphosphonic acid
1,1,1-Ethanetriol diphosphonate
1-Hydroxyethylidene-1,1-bisphosphonate
1-Hydroxyethane-1,1-bisphosphonic acid
1-HYDROXY-1,1-DIPHOSPHONOETHANE

Hydroxyethyl Cellulose; Hydroxyethyl cellulose ether; Hydroxyethyl ether cellulose; Natrosol; Natrasol 250 HHR ; Tylose HS 100000 YP2; Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose; TYLOSE MH 300 P2; Natrosol 250 M; Natrosol L 250; Natrosol LR; HEC; Natrasol 250 HR; TYLOSE HS 30000 YP2 CAS NO: 9032-42-2

TWEEN 20 is a polysorbate-type nonionic surfactant used as an emulsifier and solubilizer in pharmaceuticals, food, and cosmetics due to its stability and low toxicity.
In biochemical applications, TWEEN 20 is employed as a blocking agent in immunoassays and as a detergent for protein extraction and cell lysis.
TWEEN 20 is also utilized in various industrial applications, such as wetting agents in the elastomer industry and for removing residues from stamps.

CAS Number: 9005-64-5
EC Number: 500-018-3
Molecular Formula: C26H50O10
Molecular weight: 522.7

Synonyms: TWEEN 20, 9005-64-5, POLYOXYETHYLENE SORBITAN MONOLAURATE, Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monolaurate, Polyoxyethylenesorbitan monolaurate, 2-[2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl dodecanoate, Polysorbate (INN), 9005-66-7, Sorbimacrogol laurate 300, 2-{2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl dodecanoate, 2-(2-(3,4-Bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate, 2-[2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl dodecanoate, Alkest TW 20, Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monolaurate Kosher, FT-0645136, Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monolaurate 20 NF, D05565, D05566, D05567, 3,6-Anhydro-1-O-[2-(dodecanoyloxy)ethyl]-2,4,5-tris-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)hexitol, Polysorbate 20 (NF), Polysorbate 40 (NF), Polysorbate 60 (NF), TWEEN(R) 20, TWEEN (R) 20, TWEEN 20 (TN), TWEEN 40 (TN), TWEEN 60 (TN), SCHEMBL118527, POE (6) sorbitol monolaurate, POE(20) sorbitan monolaurate, CHEMBL371631, Ethoxylated Sorbitan monolaurate, POE (20) sorbitan monolaurate, DTXSID60922815, MFCD00165986, E432, Polysorbate 20 (NF), Polysorbate 40 (NF), Polysorbate 60 (NF), TWEEN(R) 20, TWEEN (R) 20, TWEEN 20 (TN), TWEEN 40 (TN), TWEEN 60 (TN), SCHEMBL118527, POE (6) sorbitol monolaurate, POE(20) sorbitan monolaurate, CHEMBL371631, Ethoxylated Sorbitan monolaurate, POE (20) sorbitan monolaurate, DTXSID60922815, MFCD00165986, E432, Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monolaurate Kosher, FT-0645136, Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monolaurate 20 NF, D05565, D05566, D05567, 3,6-Anhydro-1-O-[2-(dodecanoyloxy)ethyl]-2,4,5-tris-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)hexitol

TWEEN 20 is commonly used as an emulsifier and solubilizer in various applications, including pharmaceuticals, food, and cosmetics.

TWEEN 20 is a polysorbate-type nonionic surfactant formed by the ethoxylation of sorbitan before the addition of lauric acid.
TWEEN 20's stability and relative nontoxicity allows it to be used as a detergent and emulsifier in a number of domestic, scientific, and pharmacological applications.

As the name implies the ethoxylation process leaves the molecule with 20 repeat units of polyethylene glycol; in practice these are distributed across 4 different chains, leading to a commercial product containing a range of chemical species.
TWEEN 20 is used as a wetting agent in flavored mouth drops, helping to provide a spreading feeling to other ingredients like SD alcohol and mint flavor.

TWEEN 20 is also used as wetting agent in rubber balers in the elastomer industry.
TWEEN 20 has been used as a shape directing agent to synthesize spheroidal magnetite nanoassemblies
TWEEN 20 is a polyoxyethylene sorbitol ester that belongs to the polysorbate family.

TWEEN 20 is a nonionic detergent having a molecular weight of 1,225 daltons, assuming 20 ethylene oxide units, 1 sorbitol, and 1 lauric acid as the primary fatty acid.
TWEEN 20 is a nonionic detergent widely used in biochemical applications.

TWEEN 20 has been used as an emulsifying agent for the preparation of stable oil-in-water emulsions.
TWEEN 20 has been used in pre-extraction of membranes to remove peripheral proteins (used at 2% for extraction of membrane-bound proteins).
TWEEN 20 has been used as a blocking agent for membrane based immunoassays at a typical concentration of 0.05%.

TWEEN 20 can be used for lysing mammalian cells at a concentration of 0.005 to 0.5%.
TWEEN 20 lubricates the skin and has a soothing effect.

TWEEN 20 is used in oil-in-water emulsions (lotions, conditioners, cream rinses, shampoos, liquid soaps, body polishes or scrubs, etc.).
TWEEN 20 is widely used for body mist and linen sprays.

TWEEN 20 has been used as a blocking agent for membrane based immunoassays at a typical concentration of 0.05%.
TWEEN 20 is suitable for use as a solubilizing agent of membrane proteins and as a blocking agent in Western blotting.
TWEEN 20 can be used for lysing mammalian cells at a concentration of 0.05 to 0.5%.

TWEEN 20 is found as an ingredient in most body care products, cosmetics, and wet wipes.
TWEEN 20 is often used in combination with other emulsifiers such as mono- and diglycerides or sorbitan monostearates for a variety of purposes, such as dispersing flavors and colors, solubilizing essential oils and vitamins, and improving volume and texture in baked goods.

TWEEN 20 is a highly hydrophilic surfactant
TWEEN 20 is approved as food additives.

TWEEN 20 is a useful emulsifier, dispersant and solvent for aroma chemicals and oils.
TWEEN 20 is a nonionic solubilizing agent used in the textile industry.

TWEEN 20 is a polysorbate type nonionic surfactant formed by ethoxylation of sorbitan prior to the addition of lauric acid.
TWEEN 20 is used as a detergent and emulsifier in pharmacological practice.

TWEEN 20 is a nonionic surfactant.
TWEEN 20 is used as an emulsifier and a dispersing agent that allows oil and water to mix without the use of alcohol.

TWEEN 20 is a water-soluble yellowish liquid.
TWEEN 20 is an odor remover and stabilizer.

TWEEN 20 lubricates the skin and has a soothing effect.
TWEEN 20 is used in oil-in-water emulsions (lotions, conditioners, cream rinses, shampoos, liquid soaps, body polishes or scrubs, etc.).

In addition, TWEEN 20 is widely used for body mist and linen sprays.
TWEEN 20 is found as an ingredient in most body care products, cosmetics, and wet wipes.

TWEEN 20 is a nonionic surfactant
TWEEN 20 is used as an emulsifier and a dispersing agent that allows oil and water to mix without the use of alcohol.
TWEEN 20 is a water-soluble yellowish liquid.

TWEEN 20 is an odor remover and stabilizer.
TWEEN 20 is derived from coconut oil.

TWEEN 20 is non-toxic.
TWEEN 20 is used by philatelists to remove stamps from envelopes and to remove residues from stamps, without harming the stamp itself.

TWEEN 20 is a polysorbate-type nonionic surfactant formed by the ethoxylation of sorbitan before the addition of lauric acid.
TWEEN 20's stability and relative nontoxicity allows it to be used as a detergent and emulsifier in a number of domestic, scientific, and pharmacological applications.

TWEEN 20 is often used in combination with other emulsifiers such as mono- and diglycerides or sorbitan monostearates for a variety of purposes, such as dispersing flavors and colors, solubilizing essential oils and vitamins, and improving volume and texture in baked goods.
TWEEN 20 is a highly hydrophilic surfactant

TWEEN 20 is approved as food additives.
TWEEN 20 is a useful emulsifier, dispersant and solvent for aroma chemicals and oils.

TWEEN 20 is a nonionic solubilizing agent used in the textile industry.
TWEEN 20 is a polysorbate type nonionic surfactant formed by ethoxylation of sorbitan prior to the addition of lauric acid.
TWEEN 20 is used as a detergent and emulsifier in pharmacological practice.

Applications of TWEEN 20:

Biotechnical Applications:
In biological techniques and sciences, TWEEN 20 has a broad range of applications.
For example, TWEEN 20 is used as a washing agent in immunoassays.

TWEEN 20 helps to prevent non-specific antibody binding.
In this major application, TWEEN 20 is dissolved in Tris-buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline at dilutions of 0.05% to 0.5% v/v.

These buffers are used for washes beTWEEN each immunoreaction, to remove unbound immunologicals, and eventually for incubating solutions of immunoreagents (labeled antibodies) to reduce nonspecific background.
TWEEN 20 is used as an excipient in pharmaceutical applications to stabilize emulsions and suspensions.

Industrial and Domestic Applications:
TWEEN 20 is used by philatelists to remove stamps from envelopes and to remove residues from stamps, without harming the stamp itself.
TWEEN 20 is also used as wetting agent in rubber balers in the elastomer industry.
TWEEN 20 has been used as a shape directing agent to synthesize spheroidal magnetite nanoassemblies

TWEEN 20 is a polyoxyethylene sorbitol ester that belongs to the polysorbate family.
TWEEN 20 is a nonionic detergent having a molecular weight of 1,225 daltons, assuming 20 ethylene oxide units, 1 sorbitol, and 1 lauric acid as the primary fatty acid.

TWEEN 20 is responsible for the hydrophilic nature of the surfactant, while the hydrocarbon chains provide the hydrophobic environment.
TWEEN 20 is a nonionic detergent widely used in biochemical applications.

TWEEN 20 has been used as an emulsifying agent for the preparation of stable oil-in-water emulsions.
TWEEN 20 has been used in pre-extraction of membranes to remove peripheral proteins (used at 2% for extraction of membrane-bound proteins).

TWEEN 20 has been used as a blocking agent for membrane based immunoassays at a typical concentration of 0.05%.
TWEEN 20 can be used for lysing mammalian cells at a concentration of 0.005 to 0.5%.

TWEEN 20 has been used as a component of:
Washing buffer and blocking buffer in Western blotting
Blocking buffer in immunohistochemistry
Washing buffer in ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay)
Reaction mixture in PCR (polymerase chain reaction)

Other Applications:
Detergent production
Emulsifiers
Mouth droppers
Biotechnological Techniques
Immunoassays
Biochemistry laboratories
Suspension stabilizers
Pharmacological Applications
Elastomer Industry
Peripheral Protein Synthesis
Immunological Tests
Surfactants
Deodorizing Products
Shampoo production
Liquid soap manufacture
Body lotions
Wet Wipes production
Cosmetics industry
Skin care products
Textile industry

Preparation Instructions of TWEEN 20:
TWEEN 20 is miscible in water (100 mg/ml), yielding a clear, yellow solution.
TWEEN 20 is also miscible with alcohol, dioxane, and ethyl acetate; and is practically insoluble in liquid paraffin and fixed oils.

Storage/Stability of TWEEN 20:
Aqueous solutions of polysorbates undergo autoxidation during storage, with changes being catalyzed by light, increased temperature, and copper sulfate.
Autoclaving is not recommended without testing for changes in properties.

TWEEN 20 may not be stable to autoclaving, particularly with metal cations in buffer solutions.
TWEEN 20 is heat sensitive and will darken when exposed to elevated temperatures.

TWEENs have been reported to be incompatible with alkalis, heavy metal salts, phenols, and tannic acid.
TWEENs may reduce the activity of many preservatives.

Handling and Storage of TWEEN 20:

Storage:
Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and incompatible materials like strong acids or oxidizing agents.

Handling:
Use standard personal protective equipment (PPE) like gloves and safety glasses when handling large quantities or in an industrial setting.
Avoid inhaling aerosols or mist.

Stability and Reactivity of TWEEN 20:

Chemical Stability:
TWEEN 20 is stable under normal conditions of use and storage.

Conditions to Avoid:
Avoid exposure to extreme heat, open flames, and incompatible materials.

Incompatible Materials:
Strong oxidizing agents, strong acids, and strong bases may cause a reaction with TWEEN 20.

Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Under fire conditions, TWEEN 20 may decompose to produce toxic fumes, including carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2).

Hazardous Polymerization:
Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

First Aid Measures of TWEEN 20:

Ingestion:
If swallowed, rinse mouth with water.
Do not induce vomiting unless directed by medical personnel.
Seek medical advice if large quantities have been ingested.

Skin Contact:
Wash affected area with plenty of soap and water.
If skin irritation or rash occurs, get medical attention.

Eye Contact:
Rinse eyes immediately with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting the upper and lower eyelids.
Remove contact lenses if present and easy to do.
Seek medical attention if irritation persists.

Inhalation:
Move the affected person to fresh air.
If they experience any symptoms such as coughing or difficulty breathing, seek medical attention immediately.

Fire-Fighting Measures of TWEEN 20:

Suitable Extinguishing Media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical, or carbon dioxide (CO2) to extinguish fires involving TWEEN 20.

Unsuitable Extinguishing Media:
Avoid using a solid water stream as TWEEN 20 may scatter and spread the fire.

Specific Hazards:
TWEEN 20 may produce toxic fumes under fire conditions, including carbon monoxide (CO) and carbon dioxide (CO2).

Protective Equipment:
Firefighters should wear self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) and full protective gear to prevent exposure to toxic fumes.

Special Precautions:
Cool containers exposed to fire with water spray to prevent overheating and bursting.

Accidental Release Measures of TWEEN 20:

Personal Precautions:
Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), including gloves, eye protection, and, if necessary, a respirator. Ensure adequate ventilation.

Environmental Precautions:
Prevent entry into waterways, drains, or sewers.
Contain the spill if safe to do so.

Containment Methods:
Contain and collect spillage with non-combustible absorbent material (e.g., sand, earth, diatomaceous earth) and place TWEEN 20 in a container for disposal according to local regulations.

Cleaning Methods:
Clean the spill area thoroughly with water and detergent to remove residue.
Dispose of contaminated materials in accordance with local regulations.

Exposure Controls and Personal Protection of TWEEN 20:

Exposure Limits:
No specific occupational exposure limits have been established for TWEEN 20.
However, exposure controls should still be in place.

Engineering Controls:
Ensure adequate ventilation, particularly in areas where aerosols or vapors may be generated.
Use local exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to minimize exposure.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

Eye Protection:
Wear safety goggles or face shield if splashing is possible.

Skin Protection:
Wear protective gloves and clothing to prevent skin contact.
Nitrile or rubber gloves are recommended.

Respiratory Protection:
If exposure to aerosols or vapors is possible, wear an appropriate respirator (e.g., NIOSH-approved respirator with organic vapor/acid gas cartridge).

Hygiene Measures:
Wash hands thoroughly after handling and before eating, drinking, or smoking.
Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.

Identifiers of TWEEN 20:
CAS Number: 9005-64-5
EC Number: 500-018-3
Molecular Formula: C26h50o10
Molecular Weight: 522.7
IUPAC Name: 2-[2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl Dodecanoate

CAS Number: 9005-64-5
EC Number: 500-018-3
UNII (FDA Unique Ingredient Identifier): 7T1F30V5YH
PubChem CID: 5281955
RTECS Number: TR7400000
IUPAC Name: Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monolaurate

Properties of TWEEN 20:
Molecular Weight: 522.7
XLogP3-AA: 2.5
Exact Mass: 522.34039779
Monoisotopic Mass: 522.34039779
Topological Polar Surface Area: 133 Ų
Hydrogen Bond Donor Count: 3
Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count: 10
Rotatable Bond Count: 26
Heavy Atom Count: 36
Formal Charge: 0
Complexity: 507
Isotope Atom Count: 0
Defined Atom Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count: 4
Defined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count: 0
Covalently-Bonded Unit Count: 1
Compound Is Canonicalized: Yes

Physical Description: It is a lemon to amber-coloured oily liquid
Color: Lemon- to amber-colored
Form: liquid
Odor: Characteristic odor
Taste: Bitter
Melting Point: 110 °C
Solubility: Soluble in water, ethanol, methanol, ethyl acetate and dioxane. Insoluble in mineral oil and petroleum ether
Density: 1.095 g/mL

Tween 24 is a 100% bio-based ethoxylated sorbitan ester based on a natural fatty acid (lauric acid) and manufactured via the RSPO's Mass Balance System.
Tween 24 is highly effective at forming O/W emulsions.
Tween 24, a low moisture version of Tween 24, is a low logP adjuvant (0.25) and high HLB emulsifier (16.5) applicable for both built-in and tank mix adjuvants.

CAS: 9005-64-5
MF: C26H50O10
MW: 522.6692
EINECS: 500-018-3

Synonyms
Polisorbate 20- PS 20;Tween 20 (Trademark of ICI America, Inc.);Tween 20 ;Tween 20 1LT;Twain 20;TWEEN(R) 20 Vetec(TM) reagent grade, 40%;ACRYL/BIS 37.5:1 PREMIXED PWD ULTRA PURE;TWEEN 20 ELECTROPHORESIS GRADE

Tween 24 is recommended when formulating hydrolytically unstable actives, or when antagonistic interactions exist between formulation components.
Tween 24, much like Tween 24 LM, can improve a formulations performance through improved spray retention, spreading, leaf penetration and humectancy.
Offering enhanced surface activity to provide better wetting, lower equilibrium surface tension (EST) and lower contact angle, Tween 24 LM has the potential to increase yields and reduce land use.

Tween 24, whose common commercial names includes Alkest TW 20 and Polysorbate 20, is a mild nonionic surfactant formed by the ethoxylation of sorbitan before the addition of lauric acid which is a medium-chain fatty acid found mainly in coconut oil.
Tween 24 is allowed to be used as the emulsifier, detergent, dispersant, solvent and stabilizer, etc. in a number of fields such as pharmaceutical, chemical, food, textile and other industries due to its stability and relative non-toxicity.
Tween 24 is widely applied in biological techniques and sciences, which can be added to buffers and reagents for immunohistochemistry, such as Western blots and ELISAs, helping to prevent non-specific antibody binding, decrease background staining and enhance reagent spreading.
Besides, Tween 24 also has applications in food production as a common food grade additive which are found in many consumables on the market today.
Tween 24 can also be used as a wetting agent in flavored mouth drops such as Ice Drops, in oral or non-gastrointestinal suspensions and in rubber balers in the elastomer industry.

Tween 24 is a polymer composed of PEG-ylated sorbitan, where the total number of poly(ethylene glycol) units is 20 (w + x + y + z = 20) and a single terminal is capped by a dodecanoyl group.
Tween 24 is a surfactant and emulsifier used in cleaners and personal care products.
Tween 24 is a hydrophilic nonionic surfactant generally used as emulsifiers, dispersing agent and solubilizer.
Tween 24 is a polysorbate-type nonionic surfactant formed by the ethoxylation of sorbitan monolaurate.
Tween 24's stability and relative nontoxicity allows it to be used as a detergent and emulsifier in a number of domestic, scientific, and pharmacological applications.
As the name implies, the ethoxylation process leaves the molecule with 20 repeat units of polyethylene glycol; in practice these are distributed across 4 different chains, leading to a commercial product containing a range of chemical species

Tween 24 Chemical Properties
Melting point: 98.9 °C (decomp)
Boiling point: 100 °C
Density: 1.11 g/mL at 20 °C
Vapor pressure: FEMA: 2915 | POLYSORBATE 20
Refractive index: n20/D 1.468(lit.)
Fp: >230 °F
Storage temp.: Store below +30°C.
Solubility: 100 g/L
Form: viscous liquid
Color: Amber
Specific Gravity: 1.090～1.130 (20/20℃)
PH: 6-8 (50g/l, H2O, 20℃)
PH Range: 7
Odor: mild alcohol odor
Odor Type: alcoholic
Water Solubility: 100 g/L
Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance (HLB): 16.7
Stability: Stable. Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents.
EPA Substance Registry System: Tween 24 (9005-64-5)

Tween 24 is a mixture of laurate partial esters of sorbitol and sorbitol anhydrides condensed with approximately 20 mole of ethylene oxide (C2H4O) for each mole of sorbitol and its mono- and dianhydrides.
Tween 24 has a faint, characteristic odor and a warm, somewhat bitter taste.

Uses
Used for solubilizing membrane proteins during isolation and purification.
Tween 24 is used as a wetting agent in flavored mouth drops.
Tween 24 acts as a washing agent in Western blots and ELISAs and prevents antibody binding.
Tween 24 is a solubilizing agent of membrane proteins.
In pharmaceutical chemistry, Tween 24 is used as an excipient to stabilize emulsions and suspensions.
Further, Tween 24 is used as a dispersing agent, stabilizer, lubricator and also used in creams, salves, ointments, protective creams, balms, pomades, lipsticks, mascaras and glosses.
Tween 24 is a solubilizer, emulsifier, viscosity modifier, and stabilizer of essential oils in water.

Food applications
Tween 24 is used as a wetting agent in flavored mouth drops such as Ice Drops, helping to provide a spreading feeling to other ingredients like SD alcohol and mint flavor.
The World Health Organization has suggested acceptable daily intake limits of 0–25 mg of polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters per kg body weight.

Preparation
Tween 24 is prepared by condensing the partial esters of sorbitol and its anhydrides with ethylene oxide to effect an oxyethylene copolymerization at the free hydroxyl groups.

Health Effects
Tween 24 was a skin irritant in dermatitis patients but was reported not to induce irritant responses when applied to the intact skin of health volunteers.
Tween 24 produced, at worst, minimal irritation in the eyes of rabbits.
Only a small number of cases of skin sensitization have been reported in humans, although a moderate to strong sensitizing potential was seen in guinea-pigs treated by intradermal injection.

Tween 65 is a yellow-waxy solid.
Tween 65 is an oily liquid derived from PEG-ylated sorbitan (a derivative of sorbitol) esterified with fatty acids.


CAS Number: 9005-71-4
EC Number: 500-020-4
MDL number: MFCD00165348
Chemical name: Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan tristearate
Molecular Formula: C100H194O28



POLYOXYETHYLENE SORBITANTRISTEARATE, POE20, POLYOXYETHYLENE(20) SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, sorbimacrogoltristearate300, POLYOXYETHYLENE GLYCOL SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate*(tween 65), TWEEN 65, emsorb6907, POLYETHYLENEGLYCOLSORBITANTRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE-1,4-SORBITAN-TRISTEARATE, sorbitan,tristearate,polyoxyethylenederivs, TWEEN(TM) 65, T-65, sorbitan,trioctadecanoate,poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)derivs., glycospersets20, POLYSORBATE 65, EmulsifierT-65, Tween 65, POE20, E 436, TS 30V, TWEEN 65, T-MAZ 65K, Komul NP 4, Ahco 7166T, emsorb6907, Montanox 65, TWEEN(R) 65, Polyoxyethylenesorbitan Tristearate, Emulsifier T-65, Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Tristearate, Polyethylene glycol sorbitan tristearate. Polysorbate 65, Tween 65, 14BGY2Y3MJ, Peg-20 sorbitan tristearate, Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan tristearate, DTXSID30891988, E-436, Emsorb 6907, Glycosperse TS 20, INS NO.436,
INS-436, JEESORB STS-20, LIPOSORB TS-20, NIKKOL TS-30, POLYSORBATE 65 (II), Peg sorbitan tristearate, SORBAX PTS-20, Sorbimacrogol tristearate 300, Sorbitan, tristearate, polyoxyethylene derivs., UNII-14BGY2Y3MJ, Polysorbate 65, Polyoxyethylene glycol sorbitan tristearate, T-65, POE20, TWEEN 65, Tween-65, Ahco 7166T, emsorb6907, tween(R) 65, TWEEN(TM) 65, Polysprbate65, POLYSORBATE 65, EmulsifierT-65, glycospersets20, Tween 65 Polysorbate 65,
sorbimacrogoltristearate300, Sorbitantristearat, EO 20 mol, POLYOXYETHYLENE SORBITANTRISTEARATE, POLYETHYLENEGLYCOLSORBITANTRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE(20) SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE-1,4-SORBITAN-TRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE GLYCOL SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, sorbitan,tristearate,polyoxyethylenederivs, polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate*(tween 65), POLYOXYETHYLENE(20) SORBITAN TRISTEARATE(TWEEN (R) 65), sorbitan,trioctadecanoate,poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)derivs, PEG-20 Sorbitan Tristearate, Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate*(tween 65), POLYOXYETHYLENE(20) SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE GLYCOL SORBITAN TRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE SORBITANTRISTEARATE, POLYSORBATE 65, TWEEN 65, TWEEN(TM) 65, emsorb6907, EmulsifierT-65, glycospersets20, sorbimacrogoltristearate300, sorbitan,trioctadecanoate,poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)derivs, sorbitan,tristearate,polyoxyethylenederivs., POE20, POLYETHYLENEGLYCOLSORBITANTRISTEARATE, POLYOXYETHYLENE-1,4-SORBITAN-TRISTEARATE, Sorbitantristearat, EO 20 mol, Tween-65, T-65,



Tween 65 is a yellow-waxy solid.
Tween 65 is an oily liquid derived from PEG-ylated sorbitan (a derivative of sorbitol) esterified with fatty acids.
Tween 65 is an ethoxylated sorbitan triester based on a natural fatty acid (stearic acid).


Tween 65 is highly effective at forming oil in water emulsions, particularly when used in combination with its non-ethoxylated precursor, Span 65.
Tween 65 is a sorbitan fatty acid ester ethoxylate and is an effective emulsifier.
Tween 65 is a yellow-waxy solid.


Tween 65 is an oily liquid derived from PEG-ylated sorbitan (a derivative of sorbitol) esterified with fatty acids.
Tween 65 is soluble in ethanol, isopropanol, and mineral oil.
HLB value of Tween 65 is 10.5.


Tween 65 emulsifier is also known as Polysorbate-65.
Tween 65, the full name polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan tristearate.
Three stearic acids are in Tween 65's molecule structure, while polysorbate-60 only has one.


Tween 65 is unnatural as it is made from the chemical synthesis of sorbitan fatty acid and ethylene oxide.
Tween 65 is an ethoxylated (20) sorbitan ester based on a natural fatty acid (stearic acid).
Tween 65 is highly effective at forming O/W emulsions, particularly when used in combination with its non-ethoxylated derivative, Span 65V.


Tween 65 is a yellow-waxy solid.
Tween 65 is soluble in ethanol, isopropanol and mineral oil.
Tween 65 is an emulsifier manufactured by reacting stearic acid with sorbitol to yield a product which is then reacted with ethylene oxide.


Tween 65 is a nonionic surfaceactive agent which is dispersible in fat, oil, and water.
Tween 65 is also termed polysorbate 65.
Tween 65 is an ethoxylated (20) sorbitan ester derived from stearic acid, a natural fatty acid.


This highly effective ethoxylated, Tween 65, is known for its ability to form O/W emulsions, particularly in combination with Span 65V, its non-ethoxylated derivative.
Tween 65 is the abbreviation of “polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan”.


Tween 65 is a surfactant type polysorbate whose stability and relative non-toxicity allow it to be used as a detergent and emulsifier in the food, industrial, cosmetic, and pharmaceutical industries.
Tween 65,also known as polyoxyethylene(20)sorbitan tristearate.


Tween 65 has a molecular formula of C100H194O28.
At roon temperature, Tween 65 is in the form of yellow viscous liquid or paste.
Tween 65 is an O/W emulsifier with an HLB value of 10.5.


Tween 65 is soluble in water.
Tween 65 is a fatty acid polyoxyethylene ester of sorbitan.
Tween 65 is highly effective emulsifier.


Tween 65 is stable and versatile.
Tween 65 is a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (polysorbate) surfactant that is used as a film-forming polymer and dispersing agent in solid preparations.


Tween 65 has been shown to inhibit the proliferation of prostate cancer cells, which may be due to its ability to bind to anti-prostate specific antigen (anti-pcsk9) antibody causing the antibody to aggregate and form a particle.
This process inhibits the interaction between the antibody and Tween 65's target, preventing it from binding with PCSK9 protein.


The addition of propranolol hydrochloride has been shown to increase the effectiveness of Tween 65.
Tween 65 is an ethoxylated sorbitan ester widely used in personal care products.
Tween 65 is a valuable polyol ester, resulting from the combination of sorbitol and stearic acid.


This white, waxy solid, Tween 65, possesses a melting point of 65-67 degrees Celsius and a molecular weight of 576.
Tween 65 is solid, or paste; or liquid.
Tween 65 is dispersible in water (soluble in water).


Tween 65 is stable.
Under strong acid or strong alkali condition, Tween 65 is easily hydrolyzed.
Tween 65 is a valuable polyol ester, resulting from the combination of sorbitol and stearic acid.


Tween 65 possesses a melting point of 65-67 degrees Celsius and a molecular weight of 576.
Tween 65 is a mixture of stearate esters of sorbitol and sorbitol anhydrides, consisting predominantly of the triester, condensed with approximately 20 moles of ethylene oxide.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TWEEN 65:
Tween 65 is used as an emulsifier in medicine, food, textiles, and cosmetics.
Tween 65 is also used as a stabilizer and wetting agent etc.
Tween 65 acts as o/w emulsifier.


Tween 65 is used in skin care creams, lotions, hair care, color cosmetics, sprayable emulsions, cleaners as well as toners, eye care, feet, hands, nails, specific skin care treatments, sun protection, after-sun, baby care, male grooming and shaving.
Tween 65 widely used in personal care products.


Tween 65 is used Chemicals manufacture Construction, Emulsification, and Nonwovens.
Tween 65 uses concentrated aqueous emulsions
Tween 65 is used as an emulsifier in medicine, food, textiles, and cosmetics.


Tween 65 is also used as a stabilizer and wetting agent etc.
Tween 65 is a mid-range HLB, nonionic surfactant suggested for use in textile chemicals (lubricant, emulsifier), household products (o/w emulsifier) and cosmetic formulations (o/w emulsifier).


Tween 65 is used as an emulsifier.
Suggested applications of Tween 65: ice cream, cakes and cake icings.
Tween 65 is used in frozen desserts, cakes, and coffee whiteners.


Tween 65 is frequently used with sorbitan monostearates or monoand diglycerides.
Typical usage range of Tween 65 is 0.10–0.40%.
Tween 65 is commonly used in vehicle care and waxes & polishes.


Tween 65 is used serving as an emulsifier and solubilized.
Tween 65 is used Food Additive, Ice Cream, Soft Drinks,
Cakes, Puddings, Desserts, Confectionery, Detergent, Emulsifier, Wetting Agent, and Pharmaceutical.


In these applications, Tween 65 proves itself indispensable as an emulsifying agent, stabilizer, and lubricant.
As an emulsifying agent, Tween 65 adeptly prevents the separation of two immiscible liquids, like oil and water, keeping them harmoniously combined.
Moreover, Tween 65's stabilizing capabilities contribute to maintaining the integrity of various formulations by preventing ingredient separation.


Lastly, as a lubricant, Tween 65 effectively reduces friction between surfaces.
The scientific community has dedicated substantial effort to studying Tween 65.
Tween 65's applications in diverse research areas have been explored extensively.


Furthermore, Tween 65 has been utilized to investigate the effects of surfactants on both human skin and the creation of innovative cosmetic products.
Overall, Tween 65 serves as a vital ingredient across industries, owing to its remarkable qualities as an emulsifying agent, stabilizing agent, and lubricant.


Tween 65's significance in various scientific studies underscores its versatility and potential for future applications.
Tween 65 acts as o/w emulsifier.
Tween 65 is used in skin care creams, lotions, hair care, color cosmetics, sprayable emulsions, cleaners as well as toners, eye care, feet, hands, nails, specific skin care treatments, sun protection, after-sun, baby care, male grooming and shaving.


Tween 65 is a biochemical reagent that can be used as a biological material or organic compound for life science related research.
Tween 65 is used as emulsifier, stabilizer, wetting agent, diffusing agent, osmotic agent.
Tween 65 has been used in a study as a carbon source for the reductive dechlorination of hexachlorobenzene in a mixed, methanogenic culture.


Tween 65 has also been used in a study to investigate its ability to stimulate growth of the hypocotyl of Amaranthus caudatus L.
Tween 65 improves texture and appearance.
Tween 65 enhances product stability.


Tween 65 is suitable for different formulations.
Tween 65 is a high-quality ingredient used in various applications.
Tween 65 is known for its excellent emulsifying properties and is widely used in the pharmaceutical, cosmetics, and food industries.


Tween 65 possesses a melting point of 65-67 degrees Celsius and a molecular weight of 576.
In these applications, Tween 65 proves itself indispensable as an emulsifying agent, stabilizer, and lubricant.
As an emulsifying agent, Tween 65 adeptly prevents the separation of two immiscible liquids, like oil and water, keeping them harmoniously combined.


Moreover, Tween 65's stabilizing capabilities contribute to maintaining the integrity of various formulations by preventing ingredient separation.
Lastly, as a lubricant, Tween 65 effectively reduces friction between surfaces.
The scientific community has dedicated substantial effort to studying Tween 65.


Tween 65's applications in diverse research areas have been explored extensively.
Furthermore, Tween 65 has been utilized to investigate the effects of surfactants on both human skin and the creation of innovative cosmetic products.


Overall, Tween 65 serves as a vital ingredient across industries, owing to its remarkable qualities as an emulsifying agent, stabilizing agent, and lubricant.
Tween 65's significance in various scientific studies underscores its versatility and potential for future applications.



FUNCTIONS OF TWEEN 65:
*Dispersing agents
*Emulsifiers
*Surfactants / detergents
*O/W emulsifier
*Wetting agent
*Emulsifier,
*Solubilizer



CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TWEEN 65:
Tween 65 is tan, waxy solid; faint odor, bitter taste.
Tween 65 is a sol in mineral oil, vegetable oil, mineral spirits, acetone, ether, dioxane, alc, and methanol; dispersible in water, carbon tetrachloride.



KEY FEATURES OF TWEEN 65:
*Highly effective emulsifier – Tween 65 excels at creating stable emulsions in a wide range of products.
*Stable and versatile – Tween 65 offers reliable performance and can be used in various formulations.
*Improves texture and appearance – By optimizing the emulsification process, Tween 65 enhances the overall texture and appearance of products.
*Enhances product stability – With its emulsifying properties, Tween 65 helps maintain the stability of formulations over time.
*Suitable for different formulations – This high-quality emulsifier, Tween 65, is compatible with a wide range of raw materials and formulations.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TWEEN 65:
Appearance: Amber to light yellow oily liquid
Acid value: 2mgKOH/g Max.
Saponification value: 45-55mgKOH/g
Hydroxyl value: 65-80mgKOH/g
Water: 3.0% Max.
Physical state: paste
Color: No data available
Odor: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available

Flash point: 149,00 °C - closed cup
Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
pH: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Relative vapor density: No data available

Particle characteristics:
No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information: No data available
Flash point: 149 °C
storage temp.: Store at RT.
Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance (HLB): 10.5
FDA 21 CFR: 172.838; 172.836; 172.840; 172.842; 173.340
Substances Added to Food (formerly EAFUS): POLYSORBATE 65
FDA UNII: 14BGY2Y3MJ
EPA Substance Registry System: Polysorbate 65 (9005-71-4)
Flash Point: 149°C
Storage Condition: Store at RT.
MDL: MFCD00165348



FIRST AID MEASURES of TWEEN 65:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TWEEN 65:
-Environmental precautions:
Do not let product enter drains.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TWEEN 65:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available


EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TWEEN 65:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
Impervious clothing
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
Do not let product enter drains.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TWEEN 65:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
General industrial hygiene practice.
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TWEEN 65:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available

TWEEN 80 also known as Polysorbate 80, is a nonionic detergent commonly used in cell lysis for protein and nucleic acid extraction.
TWEEN 80 is also added to immunoassay buffers such as PBS or TBS.
At room temperature, TWEEN 80 appears as a clear, viscous amber-colored liquid.

CAS number: 9005-65-6
EC number: 500-019-9
Chemical formula: C64H124O26
Molar mass: 1310 g/mol

TWEEN 80 has been used in drug vehicle solution for specific injections in mice and rats.
TWEEN 80 has been used for the determination of esterase activity in bacterial cells.

Non-ionic detergent used for selective protein extraction and isolation of nuclei from mammalian cell lines.
Many detergent varieties are available from several suppliers molecular and biochemical procedures such as protein purification, DNA/RNA isolation, staining and microscopy, electrophoresis, immunoassays, and more.

TWEEN 80 also known as Polysorbate 80, is a nonionic detergent commonly used in cell lysis for protein and nucleic acid extraction.
TWEEN 80 is also added to immunoassay buffers such as PBS or TBS.
At room temperature, TWEEN 80 appears as a clear, viscous amber-colored liquid.

Applications of TWEEN 80:
Bitumen & construction,
Chemicals manufacture,
Emulsification,
Nonwovens.

Uses of TWEEN 80:

Food:
TWEEN 80 is used as an emulsifier in foods.
For example, in ice cream, polysorbate is added up to 0.5% (v/v) concentration to make the ice cream smoother and easier to handle, as well as increasing TWEEN 80 resistance to melting.

Adding this substance prevents milk proteins from completely coating the fat droplets.
This allows them to join in chains and nets, which hold air in the mixture, and provide a firmer texture that holds TWEEN 80 shape as the ice cream melts.

Health and beauty:
TWEEN 80 is also used as a surfactant in soaps and cosmetics (including eyedrops), or a solubilizer, such as in a mouthwash.
The cosmetic grade of TWEEN 80 may have more impurities than the food grade.

Medical:
TWEEN 80 is an excipient that is used to stabilize aqueous formulations of medications for parenteral administration, and used as an emulsifier in the making of the antiarrhythmic amiodarone.
TWEEN 80 is also used as an excipient in some European and Canadian influenza vaccines.
Influenza vaccines contain 2.5 μg of TWEEN 80 per dose.

TWEEN 80 is found in many vaccines used in the United States, including the Janssen COVID-19 vaccine.
TWEEN 80 is used in the culture of Mycobacterium tuberculosis in Middlebrook 7H9 broth.

TWEEN 80 is also used as an emulsifier in the estrogen-regulating drug Estrasorb.
TWEEN 80 is also used in granulation for stabilization of drugs and excipients when IPA binding.

Laboratory:
Some mycobacteria contain a type of lipase (enzyme that breaks up lipid molecules); when these species are added to a mixture of TWEEN 80 and phenol red, they cause the solution to change color, so this is used as a test to identify the phenotype of a strain or isolate.
On RODAC agar plates used in microbiological control, TWEEN 80 counteracts disinfectants often found on sampled surfaces, thereby allowing the microbes found on these surfaces to grow.

TWEEN 80 has a molar mass of 1,310 g/mol and is soluble in water and alcohol.
TWEEN 80 is a nonionic surfactant and emulsifier often used in foods and cosmetics.
TWEEN 80 is a viscous, water-soluble yellow liquid.

TWEEN 80 is an ethoxylated sorbitan ester based on a natural fatty acid (oleic acid).
This ethoxylate is highly effective at forming oil in water emulsions, particularly when used in combination with TWEEN 80 non-ethoxylated precursor, Span 80.
TWEEN 80 (polysorbat 80) is recommended by the European Pharmacopeia as surface-active additive for solubilisation of heavily wettable reagents (1 g/l).

TWEEN 80, (=Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monooleate), also known as Polyoxyethylene Sorbitan Monooleate, is a nonionic emulsifier and surfactant and used in cosmetics and foods.
TWEEN-80 is a highly-purified detergent stabilized as a 10% solution (w/v) and packaged under nitrogen in glass ampules or non-leaching HDPE bottles, ensuring TWEEN 80's stability and eliminating the accumulation of peroxides and degradation products.

TWEEN 80 is a 100% bio-based non-ionic surfactant used as versatile emulsifier, dispersing agent, functional carrier fluid, and solubiliser for applications ranging from decorative and industrial coatings to adhesives and liquid colourants.
TWEEN 80 is derived from polyethoxylated sorbitan and oleic acid.

The hydrophilic groups in TWEEN 80 are polyethers also known as polyoxyethylene groups, which are polymers of ethylene oxide.
TWEEN 80 is found in pharmaceuticals and food preparation.

TWEEN 80 is often used in cosmetics to solubilize essential oils into water-based products.
TWEEN 80 is used as an emulsifier in combination with a variety of other hydrophobic emulsifiers to cover a wide range of oil in water, and water in oil emulsion systems.
Individually, TWEEN 80 is an excellent solubilizer of essential oils, wetting agent, viscosity modifier, stabilizer and dispersing agent.

TWEEN 80, 100ml is a nonionic surfactant solution used as a supplement in various culture media in a laboratory setting.
The name TWEEN 80 is synonymous for TWEEN 80.
TWEEN 80, 100ml is a nonionic surfactant derived from sorbitan esters.

TWEEN 80 is used as an emulsifier and dispersing agent when included in various culture media formulas and serves to emulsify and disperse hydrophobic medium components.
TWEEN 80 will also act as a surfactant for samples from surface swabs, for food samples, cosmetics which have high fat content or hydrophobic content.

TWEEN 80 may be included as a component of a dehydrated culture medium i.e 7375 D/E Neutralizing Agar, or TWEEN 80 may be added as a supplement to a medium base without TWEEN.
TWEEN 80, a substance formulated by the reaction of sorbitan fatty acid ester (a nonionic surfactant) with ethylene oxide, is used in many foreign countries, including the U.S. and the EU, where TWEEN 80 acts as an emulsifier, a solubilizer in many foods, including bread, cake mix, salad dressing, shortening oil and chocolate 18.

TWEEN 80 is a hydrophilic nonionic surfactant.
TWEEN 80 is utilized as a surfactant in soaps and cosmetics and also as a lubricant in eye drops.

In food or pharmaceutical products, TWEEN 80 can act as an emulsifier.
TWEEN 80 is an excipient that is used to stabilize aqueous formulations of medications for parenteral administration or vaccinations.

A solubilizing agent acts as a surfactant and increases the solubility of one agent in another.
A substance that would not normally dissolve in a particular solution is able to dissolve with the use of a solubilizing agent.
TWEEN 80 is also known as an emulsifier, which helps ingredients mix together and prevent separation, and water-containing small amounts of salts, and is included in several vaccines licensed in the USA.

TWEEN 80 is a polyethylene sorbitol ester, also know as TWEEN 80, PEG (80) sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate.
TWEEN 80 is widely used in biochemical applications including: solubilizing proteins, isolating nuclei from cells in culture, growing of tubercule bacilli, and emulsifying and dispersing substances in medicinal and food products.

TWEEN 80 has little or no activity as an anti-bacterial agent except TWEEN 80 has been shown to have an adverse effect on the antibacterial effect of methyl paraben and related compounds.
Polysorbates have been reported to be incompatible with alkalis, heavy metal salts, phenols, and tannic acid.
They may reduce the activity of many preservatives.

Features of TWEEN-80:
TWEEN 80—a popular nonionic detergent for use in ELISA, Western blotting and other immunoassay PBS or TBS wash buffers
Accurate—precise 10% detergent solution in ultrapure water
Easy-to-use—solution is simple to dispense and dilute for use
Exceptionally pure—less than 1.0µeq/mL peroxides and carbonyls
Stable—packaged under inert nitrogen gas in glass ampules or HDPE bottles

Pharmacodynamics of TWEEN 80:
Polysorbates are widely used to protect biological drug products from protein unfolding, aggregation, and precipitation during both shipping and handling.
The polysorbates are amphipathic, nonionic surfactants made of fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene sorbitan.
TWEEN 80 is one of the most common surfactants currently used in the formulation of protein-based biopharmaceuticals

Mechanism of Action:
TWEEN 80 is one of the primary components of protein formulations.
TWEEN 80 inhibits interfacial damage of the protein molecule that undergoes mechanical stress during shipping and handling.

TWEEN 80 also affects the formulation photostability.
Exposure to light of TWEEN 80 results in peroxide generation, which in turn may lead to oxidation of the susceptible amino acid residues in the protein molecule.

One study on rats found that TWEEN 80 increased apical to basolateral membrane permeability of digoxin in Caco-2 cells suggesting that Ps 80 is an in vitro inhibitor of P-glycoprotein.
TWEEN 80 concluded that PS 80 may influence in vivo absorption of P-gp substrates, and this could be translated to human applications.

Metabolism of TWEEN 80:
Polysorbates undergo degradation by auto-oxidation, producing reactive peroxides, in addition to hydrolysis.
Exposure to light of TWEEN 80 leads autoxidation of the alkyl polyoxyethylene chain leading to the production of hydroperoxide derivatives.

The peroxides cause oxidative damage to the protein molecule that makes up the formulation.
The residual peroxides and the rate of peroxide generation as a result of light exposure are found to vary for TWEEN 80 of different grades/from different sources.

Chemistry of TWEEN 80:
TWEEN 80 is derived from polyethoxylated sorbitan and oleic acid.
The hydrophilic groups in this compound are polyethers also known as polyoxyethylene groups, which are polymers of ethylene oxide.
In the nomenclature of polysorbates, the numeric designation following polysorbate refers to the lipophilic group, in this case, the oleic acid (see polysorbate for more detail).

The full chemical names for TWEEN 80 are:
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate
(x)-sorbitan mono-9-octadecenoate poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)
The critical micelle concentration of TWEEN 80 in pure water is reported as 0.012 mM.

Safety Information of TWEEN 80:

First aid measures of TWEEN 80:

General information:
No special measures required.

After inhalation:
Supply fresh air.
Consult doctor in case of complaints.

After skin contact:
Immediately rinse with water.
If skin irritation continues, consult a doctor.

After eye contact:
Rinse opened eye for several minutes under running water.
Seek medical treatment.

After swallowing:
Rinse out mouth.
If symptoms persist consult doctor.

Firefighting Measures of TWEEN 80:

Suitable extinguishing agents:
Water,
CO2,
Foam,
Powder.

Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture:
Formation of toxic gases is possible during heating or in case of fire.

Advice for Firefighters of TWEEN 80:

Protective equipment:
Wear self-contained respiratory protective device.

Additional information:
Collect contaminated fire fighting water separately.
TWEEN 80 must not enter the sewage system.

Dispose of fire debris and contaminated fire fighting water in accordance with official regulations.
Contain escaping vapours with water.

Accidental Release Measures of TWEEN 80:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Do not inhale steams/aerosols.

Environmental precautions:
Do not allow to enter sewers/ surface or ground water.

Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:
Absorb with liquid-binding material (sand, diatomite, acid binders, universal binders, sawdust).
Clean up affected area.

Handling and Storage of TWEEN 80:

Information about storage conditions:
Keep container sealed.

Recommended storage temperature:

Room Temperature:
Store sealed bottle containing TWEEN 80 at 15-30°C.
If opened and not completely utilized, be certain that aseptic dispensing procedures are followed to maintain sterility of the supplement.
Protect from contamination by keeping container tightly closed.

Exposure controls/personal protection:

Ingredients with limit values that require monitoring at the workplace:
Not required.

Additional information:
The lists valid during the making were used as basis.

General protective and hygienic measures:
Immediately remove all soiled and contaminated clothing

Respiratory protection:
Use suitable respiratory protective device only when aerosol or mist is formed.
Filter ABEK.

Hand protection:
The glove material has to be impermeable and resistant to the product/ the substance/ the preparation.
Selection of the glove material on consideration of the penetration times, rates of diffusion and the degradation

Material of gloves:
The selection of the suitable gloves does not only depend on the material, but also on further marks of quality and varies from manufacturer to manufacturer.

Penetration time of glove material:
The exact break through time has to be found out by the manufacturer of the protective gloves and has to be observed.

For the permanent contact gloves made of the following materials are suitable:
Nitrile rubber, NBR
Recommended thickness of the material: ≥ 0.11 mm
Value for the permeation: Level ≥ 480 min

As protection from splashes gloves made of the following materials are suitable:
Nitrile rubber, NBR

Recommended thickness of the material: ≥ 0.11 mm
Value for the permeation: Level ≥ 480 min

Eye/face protection:
Safety glasses

Body protection:
Protective work clothing.
Protective clothing should be selected specifically for the working place, depending on concentration and quantity of the hazourdous substances handled.

Identifiers of TWEEN 80:
CAS number: 9005-65-6
EC number: 500-019-9
Chemical formula: C64H124O26
Molar mass: 1310 g/mol
IUPAC name: Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate

Properties of TWEEN 80:
Boiling point: >100 °C (1013 hPa)
Density: 1.07 g/cm3 (25 °C)
Flash point: >113 °C
pH value: 5 - 7 (50 g/l, H₂O, 20 °C)
Vapor pressure: Viscosity kinematic: 300 - 500 mm2/s (25 °C)
Saponification value: 45 - 55

Hydroxyl value: 65 - 80
Identity (IR): passes test
Description:non-ionic
Form: viscous liquid
mol wt: micellar avg mol wt: 79,000
average mol wt: 1310

Solubility in water: 100 mL/L
Solubility in other solvents: soluble in ethanol, cottonseed oil, corn oil, ethyl acetate, methanol, toluene
Detergent Class: Nonionic polyoxyethylene surfactant
Aggregation Number: 60
Micelle Molecular Weight: 76,000g
Critical Micelle Concentration (CMC): 0.012 mM (0.0016%, w/v)
Dialyzable: No

Specifications of TWEEN 80:
Visual: Slightly hazy to cloudy, colorless solution, free of particulates; may form layers.
Concentration: 10.0±1.0%
Oxidants: ≤1.0µeq/mL
Carbonyls: ≤1.0µeq/mL
Suspended Solids: Residue present must not exceed Residue Reference.

Oleic acid, ≥58.0% (balance primarily linoleic, palmitic, and stearic acids)
aggregation number:60
CMC: 0.012 mM (20-25°C)
transition temp: cloud point 65 °C
density: 1.064 g/cm3
HLB: 15

Other Descriptions of TWEEN 80:

Chemical description:
Ethoxylated sorbitan ester

Functions:
Emulsifier

Names of TWEEN 80:

CAS names:
Sorbitan, mono-(9Z)-9-octadecenoate, poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) derivs.

IUPAC names:
(Z)-Monooctadecenoylsorbitan, Poly(oxy-1,2-ethandiyl)-Deriva te
2-[2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (E)-octadec-9-enoate
2-[2-[3,4-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl(E)-octadec-9-enoate
2-[2-[3,5-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)oxolan-2-yl]-2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl (E)-octadec-9-enoate
Polyoxyethlene sorbitan mono-oleate
Polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate
POLYOXYETHYLENE SORBITAN MONOOLEATE
POLYOXYETHYLENE(20) SORBITANMONOOLEATE
Polysorbate 80
Sorbitan monooleate ethoxylated
Sorbitan monooleate ethoxylated (CAS # 9005-65-6)
SORBITAN MONOOLEATE, ETHOXYLATED
Sorbitan monooleate, ethoxylated
Sorbitan monooleate, ethoxylated 2010-12-29
Sorbitan, mono-9-octadecenoate, poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) derivs., (Z)-
Sorbitan, monooleate polyoxyethylene deriv.
TWEEN 80

Trade names:
Leunapon-SMO
Polysorbate 80(HX2)

Other names:
Polyoxyethylene-80-sorbitan monooleate
Sorbitan, mono-(9Z)-9-octadecenoate, poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl) derivs.
E number: E433

Other identifiers:
1286269-72-4
1286269-72-4
1340-85-8
1340-85-8
141927-23-3
141927-23-3
178631-96-4
178631-96-4
209796-63-4
209796-63-4
2137448-98-5
2137448-98-5
253447-34-6
253447-34-6
361534-35-2
361534-35-2
37199-23-8
37199-23-8
37280-84-5
37280-84-5
51377-27-6
51377-27-6
541509-66-4
541509-66-4
61723-75-9
61723-75-9
8050-83-7
8050-83-7
900143-89-7
900143-89-7
9005-65-6
9015-07-0
9015-07-0
9050-49-1
9050-49-1
9050-57-1
9050-57-1

Synonyms of TWEEN 80:
TWEEN 80
Montanox 80
Alkest TW 80
PS 80
TWEEN 80
polyethyleneglycol sorbitan monooleate
Polysorbate 80
Sorbitan monooleate, ethoxylated
Sorbitan monooleate, ethoxylated

Hydroxyethyl Cellulose; Hydroxyethyl cellulose ether; Hydroxyethyl ether cellulose; Natrosol; Natrasol 250 HHR ; Tylose HS 100000 YP2; Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose; TYLOSE MH 300 P2; Natrosol 250 M; Natrosol L 250; Natrosol LR; HEC; Natrasol 250 HR; TYLOSE HS 30000 YP2 CAS NO: 9032-42-2

TYLOSE H 15 YG4 Tylose H 15 YG4 is a water-soluble, non-ionic hydroxyethyl cellulose, in the form of granules, with standard etherification. Tylose H 15 YG4 provides very good temperature stability, low thickening effects and plasticity, and good binding effects, protective colloidal effects, and particle size control. This grade of hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) is particularly well-suited for use in engobe, glaze, powder granuling, slip casting, tape casting, and emulsion polymerisation applications. Tylose H 15 YG4 Technical Datasheet Hydroxyethylcellulose. Tylose H 15 YG4 acts as a thickening agent. Tylose H 15 YG4 is available in granular form with delayed solubility. Tylose H 15 YG4 used in body lotion and sun care products. Claims Thickeners & Stabilizers > Cellulose & Derivatives > Hydroxyethyl Celluloses (HEC, Non-ionic) INCI Names of Tylose H 15 YG4 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE CAS Number of Tylose H 15 YG4 9004-62-0 Tylose H 15 YG4 Hydroxyethylcellulose, with retarded swelling time Product Specification Item Specification Unit Method Texture/Physical form granular Solubility soluble in water of any temperature Ionicity nonionic Moisture, as packed max. 5 % 7130 Ash content, as Na2 SO4 max. 6 % 7140 Particle size <0.500 mm (through 35 mesh) min. 98 % 7010 Viscosity Grade, Höppler falling ball viscometer 15 mPas 7320 1.9% absolutely dry, 20°C, 20°GH Range, Brookfield RV, 20 rpm, sp. 1 150 - 230 mPas 7270 4.75% absolutely dry, 20°C, 20°GH Remarks: PACKAGING AND STORAGE This Tylose-type is supplied in multi-ply paper bags with polyethylene intermediate layer, containing 25 kgs; shrink palletizing is available by ordering a minimum quantity of 1000 kgs. If stored in closed bags under dry conditions, Tylose has a long shelf life. Tylose H 15 YG4 Tylose H grades - water soluble, non-ionic, hydroxyethyl cellulose with standard etherification. Tylose H 15 YG4 Markets of Tylose H 15 YG4: Industrial Processing & Specialty Application of Tylose H 15 YG4: Ceramics, Resin Producer Product Type of Tylose H 15 YG4: Additives Product Category of Tylose H 15 YG4: Rheology Modifiers Problem To Solve : Compostable/Repulpable/Recyclable, Regulatory / Environmental Industries of Tylose H 15 YG4 Personal Care INCIs of Tylose H 15 YG4 Hydroxyethylcellulose Chemicals of Tylose H 15 YG4 Cellulose, 2-hydroxyethyl ether Functions of Tylose H 15 YG4 Binder Emulsion Stabilizer Film Former Stabilizer Viscosity Modifier Categories of Tylose H 15 YG4 Stabilizers & Control Ingredients Chemical families of Tylose H 15 YG4 Cellulose Ethers Cellulose And Derivatives Markets of Tylose H 15 YG4 Beauty & Personal Care Hair Care Skin Care Sun Care Bath And Body Care Nail Care Baby Care Color Cosmetics Treatment Products End uses of Tylose H 15 YG4 Acne Treatments Anti Hair Loss Products Anti Aging Products Anti Dandruff Products Anti Fungal Treatment Tylose Tyloses are outgrowths/extragrouth on parenchyma cells of xylem vessels of secondary heartwood. When the plant is stressed by drought or infection, tyloses will fall from the sides of the cells and "dam" up the vascular tissue to prevent further damage to the plant. Tyloses can aid in the process of making sapwood into heartwood in some hardwood trees, especially in trees with larger vessels.[1] These blockages can be used in addition to gum plugs as soon as vessels become filled with air bubbles, and they help to form a stronger heartwood by slowing the progress of rot.

Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose HEC (hydroxyethyl cellulose/Tylose H-grades) are soluble in water at any temperature. Tylose HEC are nonionic cellulose ethers, which are offered as free flowing powder or in granular form. Many Tylose HEC grades have a retarded solubility which ensures a lump free solution in aqueous systems. General properties Hydroxyethyl cellulose (Tylose H 20 P 2) polymer is a hydroxyethyl ether of cellulose, obtained by treating cellulose with sodium hydroxide and reacting with ethylene oxide. Tylose H 20 P 2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps. They are available as white free-flowing granular powders that easily dissolve in cold and hot water to give transparent solutions with varying viscosities depending on polymer concentration, type and temperature. Natrosol 250 Tylose H 20 P 2 is available in 10 viscosity types, that go from low viscosity values (types L and J) ranging between 0.08 and 0.4 Pas at c = 5 wt.%, intermediate viscosity values (types E, G, K, M) ranging between 0.03 and 6.5 Pas at c = 2 wt.%, arriving to the highest viscosity values (types MH, H, HH) ranging between 0.8 and 5 Pas at c = 1 wt.% (informations are given in the producer booklet Aqualon, 1999). The molecular weight and the degree of polymerization of the Natrosol™ Tylose H 20 P 2 types is directly proportional to their viscosity. Being a nonionic polymer, Natrosol™ is less sensitive to pH changes; however, pH and temperature may slight affect the hydration and dissolution time of the polymer. Tylose H 20 P 2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose. It is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products. Tylose H 20 P 2 and methyl cellulose are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids. This process is known as hydrophilization. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also used extensively in the oil & gas industry as a drilling mud additive under the name HEC as well in industrial applications, paint & coatings, ceramics, adhesives, emulsion polymerization, inks, construction, welding rods, pencils and joint fillers. Tylose H 20 P 2 is one of the main ingredients in the personal lubricant KY Jelly. It is also a key ingredient in the formation of big bubbles as it possesses the ability to dissolve in water but also provide structural strength to the soap bubble. Among other similar chemicals, it is often used as slime (and gunge, in the UK), a gooey substance often used on television and in fundraising events which is poured over individuals with the aim of causing embarrassment. Tylose H 20 P 2 acts as a demulcent by relieving inflammation or irritation and dryness of eyes. It acts as one of the key ingredient and viscosity-enhancing agent to prolong corneal contact time and increase intraocular drug levels. Application Tylose H 20 P 2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biostructures for the delivery of hydrophobic drugs. Tylose H 20 P 2 is used in the development of polymer networks and block copolymers useful in separation technology such as capillary electrophoresis and in biofilms and coatings. Tylose H 20 P 2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps. Tylose H 20 P 2 Usage And Synthesis Thickeners and binders Tylose H 20 P 2 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +. Has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid. The role of thickener in the aqueous ink is thickened. The viscosity of the ink added a thickening agent increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink. Thickening agent is a cellulose-based material and (or) polyvinyl alcohol substances. Cellulose substances may be methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, Tylose H 20 P 2 and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose; polyvinyl alcohol material may be an or several species of polyethylene 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 4000, 6000. The above information is edited by the chemicalbook of Liu Yujie. Chemical properties of Tylose H 20 P 2 This product is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water. Insoluble in common organic solvents. Having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding. Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared. Having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte. Description of Tylose H 20 P 2 Hetastarch, another nonproteinaceous colloid, is a complex mixture of ethoxylated amylopectins ranging in molecular weight from 10 to 1,000 kDa (average molecular weight, ~450 kDa). When infused as a 6% solution, hetastarch approximates the activity of human albumin. The larger molecular weights, however, increase its intravascular residence time as well as its plasma expansion effects relative to albumin. Hetastarch is synthetically produced, so it is degraded more slowly and is less antigenic than other colloids. Despite these advantages, hetastarch is quite expensive and also has no oxygen-carrying capacity. Chemical Properties light yellow powder Chemical Properties Tylose H 20 P 2 occurs as a white, yellowish-white or grayish-white, odorless and tasteless, hygroscopic powder. Effect of extent of substitution on solubility When highly polar hydroxyl groups on crystalline cellulose are substituted with hydroxyalkyl groups to manufacture HPC or Tylose H 20 P 2, water solubility initially increases due to a reduction in crystallinity and hydrogen bonding between the cellulose backbone chains. However, as the amount of hydroxyalkyl substitution continues to increase, the polymer becomes increasingly hydrophobic. As shown in Fig. 7.31, the equilibrium moisture content steadily decreases as MS increases from 2.0 to 5.0 for both Tylose H 20 P 2 and HPC. A similar relationship has also been demonstrated for the cloud point.43 An exception to this behavior is polymers with ionic groups in their side chains. In this case, increasing the level of highly polar substituents will increase water solubility. For example, when the DS for sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is increased from 0.7 to 1.2, the equilibrium moisture content at 50% relative humidity increases from 13% to 18%. Regenerated Tylose H 20 P 2 is made by dissolving cellulose xanthate in 4–7% sodium hydroxide and contacting with aqueous sulfuric acid. These steps convert the cellulose xanthate back into cellulose, which may be spun into viscose rayon or cast into films. The fibers are used in textiles (artificial silk), tyre cords, and V belts. The films are used in packaging (Cellophane) or sausage casings. Weiner casings (70% regenerated cellulose, 12% glycerol, and 18% water) are peeled away after the meat emulsion is cooked. Hemp paper casings (23% paper, 46% regenerated cellulose, 21% glycerol, and 10% water) are used in bologna, salami, pepperoni, summer sausage, and liverwurst. Tylose H 20 P 2 moieties are highly reactive, allowing a variety of esters and ethers to be manufactured. Because each anhydroglucose has three hydroxyl groups, the maximum degree of substitution (DS) is three. Purified wood pulp or cotton linters (short fibers) are the industrial sources of ‘chemical cellulose.’ Hydroxyethyl cellulose. Tylose H 20 P 2 Provides effects like thickening, pseudoplastic properties, water retention, protective colloid effects, film forming and a high level of salt tolerance. Offers high gloss, high pigment compatibility, high thickening effect and high water retention. Exhibits moderate wet scrub resistance, anti-spattering, and pseudoplasticity. Used for paints and coatings applications like interior paints, solid paints, exterior paints, tinters, glazes, and silicon resin paints. Hydroxyethylcellulose. Tylose H 20 P 2 Acts as a thickening agent. Tylose H 20 P 2 is available in powder form with delayed solubility. Used in shampoo. Uses disintegrant, binder for tabletting Uses of Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose H 20 P 2 is a thickener, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer, and suspending agent. It is obtained from wood pulp Copyright 2014 Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part. Due to electronic rights, some third party content may be suppressed from the eBook and/or eChapter(s). Editorial Review has deemed that any suppressed content does not materially affect the overall learning experience. Cengage Learning reserves the right to remove additional content at any time if subsequent rights restrictions require it. or chemical cotton by treatment with an alkali. Definition A starch derivative containing 90% amylopectin. Production Methods A purified form of cellulose is reacted with sodium hydroxide to produce a swollen alkali cellulose, which is chemically more reactive than untreated cellulose. The alkali cellulose is then reacted with ethylene oxide to produce a series of Tylose H 20 P 2 ethers. The manner in which ethylene oxide is added to cellulose can be described by two terms, the degree of substitution (DS) and the molar substitution (MS). The DS designates the average number of hydroxyl positions on the anhydroglucose unit that have been reacted with ethylene oxide. Since each anhydroglucose unit of the cellulose molecule has three hydroxyl groups, the maximum value for DS is 3. MS is defined as the average number of ethylene oxide molecules that have reacted with each anhydroglucose unit. Once a hydroxyethyl group is attached to each unit, it can further react with additional groups in an end-to-end formation. This reaction can continue and there is no theoretical limit for MS. Brand name Hespan (DuPont Merck) . Pharmaceutical Applications of Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose H 20 P 2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer widely used in pharmaceutical formulations. It is primarily used as a thickening agent in ophthalmic and topical formulations, although it is also used as a binder and film-coating agent for tablets.It is present in lubricant preparations for dry eye, contact lens care, and dry mouth. The concentration of Tylose H 20 P 2 used in a formulation is dependent upon the solvent and the molecular weight of the grade. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also widely used in cosmetics. Safety Tylose H 20 P 2 is primarily used in ophthalmic and topical pharmaceutical formulations. It is generally regarded as an essentially nontoxic and nonirritant material. Acute and subacute oral toxicity studies in rats have shown no toxic effects attributable to Tylose H 20 P 2 consumption, the Tylose H 20 P 2 being neither absorbed nor hydrolyzed in the rat gastrointestinal tract. However, although used in oral pharmaceutical formulations, Tylose H 20 P 2 has not been approved for direct use in food products. Glyoxal-treated Tylose H 20 P 2 is not recommended for use in oral pharmaceutical formulations or topical preparations that may be used on mucous membranes. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also not recommended for use in parenteral products. storage Tylose H 20 P 2 powder is a stable though hygroscopic material. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P 2 are relatively stable at pH 2–12 with the viscosity of solutions being largely unaffected. However, solutions are less stable below pH 5 owing to hydrolysis. At high pH, oxidation may occur. Increasing the temperature reduces the viscosity of aqueous Tylose H 20 P 2 solutions. However, on cooling, the original viscosity is restored. Solutions may be subjected to freeze–thawing, high-temperature storage, or boiling without precipitation or gelation occurring. Tylose H 20 P 2 is subject to enzymatic degradation, with consequent loss in viscosity of its solutions. Enzymes that catalyze this degradation are produced by many bacteria and fungi present in the environment. For prolonged storage, an antimicrobial preservative should therefore be added to aqueous solutions. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P 2 may also be sterilized by autoclaving. Tylose H 20 P 2 powder should be stored in a well-closed container, in a cool, dry place. Production methods of Tylose H 20 P 2 1. Alkali cellulose is a natural polymer, each of a fiber-based ring contains three hydroxyl groups, the most active hydroxyl reaction to give Tylose H 20 P 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, took out to squeeze after half an hour. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized. Pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed, vacuumized, nitrogen charge, repeated to vacuumize and nitrogen charge to replace atmosphere in the reaction kettle. Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into, cooling water was pumped in jacket of reaction kettle, controlled at about 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, crude product of Tylose H 20 P 2 was obtained. The crude product was washed with alcohol, added acetic acid to adjust pH value to 4-6, added glyoxal to crosslink and aging. Then washed with water, centrifugal dewatering, dryed, milled to obtain Tylose H 20 P 2. Raw material consumption (kg/t) linter or low pulp meal 730-780 liquid caustic soda (30%) 2400 ethylene oxide 900 alcohol (95%) 4500 acetic acid 240 Glyoxal (40%) 100-300. 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, after half an hour took out to squeeze. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed and vacuumized, nitrogen charge, used nitrogen to replace all atmosphere in the reaction kettle,Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into. In the cooling, controlled at 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, to give the crude product of crude Tylose H 20 P 2. The crude product was washed with ethanol and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH value to 4-6. added glyoxal to crosslink and aging, washed with water fast, finally centrifugal dehydration, dried, milled, obtained low salt Tylose H 20 P 2. Incompatibilities of Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose H 20 P 2 is insoluble in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with zein and partially compatible with the following water-soluble compounds: casein; gelatin; methylcellulose; polyvinyl alcohol, and starch. Tylose H 20 P 2 can be used with a wide variety of watersoluble antimicrobial preservatives. However, sodium pentachlorophenate produces an immediate increase in viscosity when added to Tylose H 20 P 2 solutions. Tylose H 20 P 2 has good tolerance for dissolved electrolytes, although it may be salted out of solution when mixed with certain salt solutions. For example, the following salt solutions will precipitate a 10% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-09 and a 2% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-4400: sodium carbonate 50% and saturated solutions of aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; chromic sulfate; disodium phosphate; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium sulfate; sodium sulfite; sodium thiosulfate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol is soluble in most 10% salt solutions, excluding sodium carbonate and sodium sulfate, and many 50% salt solutions with the exception of the following: aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; diammonium phosphate; disodium phosphate; ferric chloride; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium metaborate; sodium nitrate; sodium sulfite; trisodium phosphate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol 150 is generally more tolerant of dissolved salts than is Natrosol 250. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also incompatible with certain fluorescent dyes or optical brighteners, and certain quaternary disinfectants which will increase the viscosity of aqueous solutions. Regulatory Status Included in the FDA Inactive Ingredients Database (ophthalmic preparations; oral syrups and tablets; otic and topical preparations). Included in nonparenteral medicines licensed in the UK. Included in the Canadian List of Acceptable Non-medicinal Ingredients. Tylose H 20 P 2 is not currently approved for use in food products in Europe or the USA, although it is permitted for use in indirect applications such as packaging. This restriction is due to the high levels of ethylene glycol residues that are formed during the manufacturing process. Description of Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose H 20 P 2 is a polysaccharide derivative with gel thickening, emulsifying, bubble-forming, water-retaining and stabilizing properties. It is used as a key ingredient in many household cleaning products, lubricants and cosmetics due to its non-ionic and water-soluble nature. It is often used as an ingredient in ophthalmic pharmaceutical preparations such as artificial tear solutions and adjunct agent in topical drug formulations to facilitate the delivery of drugs with hydrophobic character. Pharmacodynamics Tylose H 20 P 2 acts as a demulcent by relieving inflammation or irritation and dryness of eyes. It acts as one of the key ingredient and viscosity-enhancing agent to prolong corneal contact time and increase intraocular drug levels 4. Mechanism of action Interacts with the solid surface through hydrogen bonding to thicken and prolong the formation time of a water-retaining film. Tylose H 20 P 2 acts as a drug carrier or microsphere to entrap other drug molecules and form a viscous gel-like dispersion, enabling drug diffusion across biological membranes 3. Indication of Tylose H 20 P 2 For alleviating surface irritation in topical ocular administrations, such as artificial tear solutions. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also found in topical formulations to aid in more efficient drug diffusion across the membranes. Toxicity May cause chemical pneumonitis in case of inhalation and skin irritation. Animal data suggests potential alteration in female fertility. Tyloses are outgrowths/extragrouth on parenchyma cells of xylem vessels of secondary heartwood. When the plant is stressed by drought or infection, tyloses will fall from the sides of the cells and "dam" up the vascular tissue to prevent further damage to the plant. Tyloses can aid in the process of making sapwood into heartwood in some hardwood trees, especially in trees with larger vessels. These blockages can be used in addition to gum plugs as soon as vessels become filled with air bubbles, and they help to form a stronger heartwood by slowing the progress of rot. Tylose H 20 P 2 is cellulose in which both ethyl and hydroxyethyl groups are attached to the anhydroglucose units by ether linkages. Tylose H 20 P 2 is prepared from cellulose by treatment with alkali, ethylene oxide and ethyl chloride. The article of commerce may be specified further by the viscosity of its aqueous solutions. Hydroxyethyl cellulose Hydroxyethyl cellulose (Tylose H 20 P 2) is a cellulose-derived thickening and the gelling agent used in capsules containing hydrophobic drugs in order to improve dissolution of drugs within GI fluids in a method known as the hydrophilization method. This nonionic and water-soluble polymer is also used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products. It will fabricate crystal-clear gel products and thicken the aqueous phase of cosmetic emulsions. Their tendency to lump or agglomerate, when first wetted with water, is a disadvantage associated with Tylose H 20 P 2s and other water-soluble thickeners. The R-grade of Tylose H 20 P 2s facilitates solution preparation without lumping when wetted with water, thus increasing dissolution and total processing times. Safety of Tylose H 20 P 2 Tylose H 20 P 2 is primarily used in ophthalmic and topical pharmaceutical formulations. It is generally regarded as an essentially nontoxic and nonirritant material. Acute and subacute oral toxicity studies in rats have shown no toxic effects attributable to Tylose H 20 P 2 consumption, the Tylose H 20 P 2 being neither absorbed nor hydrolyzed in the rat gastrointestinal tract. However, although used in oral pharmaceutical formulations, Tylose H 20 P 2 has not been approved for direct use in food products. Glyoxal-treated Tylose H 20 P 2 is not recommended for use in oral pharmaceutical formulations or topical preparations that may be used on mucous membranes. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also not recommended for use in parenteral products. Storage Tylose H 20 P 2 powder is a stable though hygroscopic material. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P 2 are relatively stable at pH 2–12 with the viscosity of solutions being largely unaffected. However, solutions are less stable below pH 5 owing to hydrolysis. At high pH, oxidation may occur. Increasing the temperature reduces the viscosity of aqueous Tylose H 20 P 2 solutions. However, on cooling, the original viscosity is restored. Solutions may be subjected to freeze–thawing, high-temperature storage, or boiling without precipitation or gelation occurring. Tylose H 20 P 2 is subject to enzymatic degradation, with consequent loss in viscosity of its solutions. Enzymes that catalyze this degradation are produced by many bacteria and fungi present in the environment. For prolonged storage, an antimicrobial preservative should therefore be added to aqueous solutions. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P 2 may also be sterilized by autoclaving. Tylose H 20 P 2 powder should be stored in a well-closed container, in a cool, dry place. Tylose H 20 P 2 has good tolerance for dissolved electrolytes, although it may be salted out of solution when mixed with certain salt solutions. For example, the following salt solutions will precipitate a 10% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-09 and a 2% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-4400: sodium carbonate 50% and saturated solutions of aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; chromic sulfate; disodium phosphate; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium sulfate; sodium sulfite; sodium thiosulfate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol is soluble in most 10% salt solutions, excluding sodium carbonate and sodium sulfate, and many 50% salt solutions with the exception of the following: aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; diammonium phosphate; disodium phosphate; ferric chloride; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium metaborate; sodium nitrate; sodium sulfite; trisodium phosphate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol 150 is generally more tolerant of dissolved salts than is Natrosol 250. Tylose H 20 P 2 is also incompatible with certain fluorescent dyes or optical brighteners, and certain quaternary disinfectants which will increase the viscosity of aqueous solutions. Regulatory Status Included in the FDA Inactive Ingredients Database (ophthalmic preparations; oral syrups and tablets; otic and topical preparations). Included in nonparenteral medicines licensed in the UK. Included in the Canadian List of Acceptable Non-medicinal Ingredients. Tylose H 20 P 2 is not currently approved for use in food products in Europe or the USA, although it is permitted for use in indirect applications such as packaging. This restriction is due to the high levels of ethylene glycol residues that are formed during the manufacturing process. Effect of extent of substitution on solubility When highly polar hydroxyl groups on crystalline cellulose are substituted with hydroxyalkyl groups to manufacture HPC or Tylose H 20 P 2, water solubility initially increases due to a reduction in crystallinity and hydrogen bonding between the cellulose backbone chains. However, as the amount of hydroxyalkyl substitution continues to increase, the polymer becomes increasingly hydrophobic. As shown in Fig. 7.31, the equilibrium moisture content steadily decreases as MS increases from 2.0 to 5.0 for both Tylose H 20 P 2 and HPC. A similar relationship has also been demonstrated for the cloud point.43 An exception to this behavior is polymers with ionic groups in their side chains. In this case, increasing the level of highly polar substituents will increase water solubility. For example, when the DS for sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is increased from 0.7 to 1.2, the equilibrium moisture content at 50% relative humidity increases from 13% to 18%. Tylose H 20 P 2 Chemical Properties,Uses,Production Thickeners and binders Tylose H 20 P 2 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +. Has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid. The role of thickener in the aqueous ink is thickened. The viscosity of the ink added a thickening agent increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink. Thickening agent is a cellulose-based material and (or) polyvinyl alcohol substances. Cellulose substances may be methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, Tylose H 20 P 2 and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose; polyvinyl alcohol material may be an or several species of polyethylene 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 4000, 6000. The above information is edited by the chemicalbook of Liu Yujie. Chemical properties This product is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water. Insoluble in common organic solvents. Having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding. Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared. Having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte. Uses 1. This product is used for cracking method to extract polymerized dispersing agents such as oil water base gel fracturing fluid, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Also for latex thickening agent in paint industry, hygristor in electronics industry, cement anti-coagulant agent and water retention agent in construction industry. Glazing in ceramic industry and toothpaste binder. Also widely used in many aspects such as printing and dyeing, textile, paper, pharmaceutical, health, food, cigarettes, pesticides and fire extinguishing agent. 2. Used as a water-based drilling fluids, and thickening agent and filtrate reducer of completion fluids, thickening agent has obvious effect on brine drilling fluid. Also can be used for filtrate reducer of oil well cement. Cross-linking with the polyvalent metal ions into a gel. 3. As surfactants, protective colloids, emulsion stabilizers in combination with emulsion such as vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate emulsion, and a tackifier, dispersant, dispersion stabilizer of emulsion. Widely used in many aspects such as coatings, fibers, dyeing, paper, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, pesticides. There are many uses in oil exploitation and machinery industry. 4. As surfactants, latex thickening agent, protective colloid, oil exploitation fracturing fluid and polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride dispersing agents, etc. Production methods of Tylose H 20 P 2 1. Alkali cellulose is a natural polymer, each of a fiber-based ring contains three hydroxyl groups, the most active hydroxyl reaction to give Tylose H 20 P 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, took out to squeeze after half an hour. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized. Pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed, vacuumized, nitrogen charge, repeated to vacuumize and nitrogen charge to replace atmosphere in the reaction kettle. Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into, cooling water was pumped in jacket of reaction kettle, controlled at about 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, crude product of Tylose H 20 P 2 was obtained. The crude product was washed with alcohol, added acetic acid to adjust pH value to 4-6, added glyoxal to crosslink and aging. Then washed with water, centrifugal dewatering, dryed, milled to obtain Tylose H 20 P 2. Raw material consumption (kg/t) linter or low pulp meal 730-780 liquid caustic soda (30%) 2400 ethylene oxide 900 alcohol (95%) 4500 acetic acid 240 Glyoxal (40%) 100-300. 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, after half an hour took out to squeeze. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed and vacuumized, nitrogen charge, used nitrogen to replace all atmosphere in the reaction kettle,Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into. In the cooling, controlled at 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, to give the crude product of crude Tylose H 20 P 2. The crude product was washed with ethanol and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH value to 4-6. added glyoxal to crosslink and aging, washed with water fast, finally centrifugal dehydration, dried, milled, obtained low salt Tylose H 20 P 2. Description of Tylose H 20 P 2 Hetastarch, another nonproteinaceous colloid, is a complex mixture of ethoxylated amylopectins ranging in molecular weight from 10 to 1,000 kDa (average molecular weight, ~450 kDa). When infused as a 6% solution, hetastarch approximates the activity of human albumin. The larger molecular weights, however, increase its intravascular residence time as well as its plasma expansion effects relative to albumin. Hetastarch is synthetically produced, so it is degraded more slowly and is less antigenic than other colloids. Despite these advantages, hetastarch is quite expensive and also has no oxygen-carrying capacity. Chemical Properties light yellow powder Chemical Properties Tylose H 20 P 2 occurs as a white, yellowish-white or grayish-white, odorless and tasteless, hygroscopic powder.

Tylose H 20 P2 is water soluble, non-ionic, hydroxyethyl cellulose with standard etherification.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a non-ionic cellulose ether.
Tylose H 20 P2 is easily dispersed and dissolved in water to produce solution of high viscosity.


CAS Number: 9004-62-0
MDL number: MFCD00072770


Tylose H 20 P2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.
Tylose H 20 P2 is nonionic cellulose ether and its solution are more tolerant to the presence of cations,anions and organic solvents.


Tylose H 20 P2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Tylose H 20 P2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a non-ionic cellulose ether made through a series of chemical processes, with the natural polymer celluloses as raw materials.


Tylose H 20 P2 can be dissolved in water to form a transparent viscous solution.
Tylose H 20 P2 is soluble in water at any temperature.
Tylose H 20 P2 is nonionic cellulose ethers, which are offered as free flowing powder or in granular form.


This nonionic, water soluble polymer, Tylose H 20 P2, offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.
Tylose H 20 P2 grades have a retarded solubility which ensures a lump free solution in aqueous systems.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a white to light yellowish, oderless and tastless powder, readily soluble in hot or cold water to form a viscous gel solution.
Tylose H 20 P2 has thickening, adhesion, dispersion, emulsification, film-formation, suspension, absorption, surface activity, salt tolerance, water retention, providing protective colloids and other properties.


Tylose H 20 P2 provides effects like thickening, pseudoplastic properties, water retention, protective colloid effects, film forming and a high level of salt tolerance.
Tylose H 20 P2 will produce crystal clear gel products and thicken the aqueous phase of cosmetic emulsions.
Tylose H 20 P2also has good film-forming ability and surface activity.


Tylose H 20 P2 offers high gloss and pigment compatibility, very high water retention, good anti-spattering, low pseudoplasticity.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a water-soluble synthetic polymer derived from cellulose in which ethylene oxide groups have been added to the hydroxyl groups.
Tylose H 20 P2 forms a non-ionic gel without the effect of electrolyte, suitable for formulations containing electrolyte.


Tylose H 20 P2 exhibits moderate thickening effect and wet scrub resistance.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a non-ionic, water soluble polymer used as a thickening agent for aqueous cosmetic and personal care formulations.
Tylose H 20 P2 is derived from cellulose.


Tylose H 20 P2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Tylose H 20 P2 is produced by treating reacting alkali-cellulose with ethylene oxide.
Tylose H 20 P2 is recommended that it be added to room temperature water with a neutral pH.


Once hydrated, Tylose H 20 P2 can be heated and the pH can be adjusted as may be needed.
Tylose H 20 P2 is bio-degradable,non-toxic and environmental friendly natural product.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer efficient thickening agent and suspending agent.


Tylose H 20 P2 is like water retention, thickening, suspension, anti-microbial, high salt tolerance, and ion/PH insensitivity.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a white, odorless, tasteless, non-toxic, which is often used as a thickener for methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose or hydroxyethyl cellulose grades in industry agent.


Tylose H 20 P2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Tylose H 20 P2 consists of two components: cellulose and hydroxyethyl side chain.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a white, free-flowing granular powder and is made by reacting ethylene oxide with alkali-cellulose.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a water soluble, non-ionic, highly esterified hydroxyethyl cellulose powder.
Tylose H 20 P2 provides enhanced biostability, very high thickening and water retention, moderate foam stabilization and high solution clarity, gloss appearance, pigment compatibility and pseudoplasticity.


Tylose H 20 P2 is an excellent thickening agent for cosmetic and personal care formulations.
Tylose H 20 P2 is white or light yellowish powder.
Tylose H 20 P2 is natural colloids derived from natural fiber.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.
Tylose H 20 P2's nature's most abundant biopolymer in plants, wood, and cotton cell walls.
Tylose H 20 P2 is also the most efficient grade of non-ionic thickener available from the manufacturer.


Tylose H 20 P2's beneficial to various construction projects.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a line of nonionic, water-soluble, cellulose based polymers from Dow.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.
Tylose H 20 P2 has an exceptional skin feel and is the perfect ingredient to make crystal clear serums for water soluble active ingredients.
Tylose H 20 P2 is odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic in the shape of white to off-white powders or granules.


Tylose H 20 P2 features good water retention and an excellent thickening effect.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer derived from cellulose through a series of chemical and physical processes.
Tylose H 20 P2 is easily dissolved in cold or hot water to give crystal-clear solutions of varying viscosities.
Tylose H 20 P2 is soluble in cold or hot water to give clarified solution.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is used in hair colorants, body lotion, liquid foundation and sun care products.
Tylose H 20 P2 can be also be used to efficiently thicken shampoos, body washes and shower gels.
Tylose H 20 P2 has good rheological properties at different shear rates, and has good workability and leveling, not easy to drop, good splash and sag resistance.


Tylose H 20 P2 is easy to use and provides exceptional skin feel, viscosity and stability.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used for paints and coatings applications like interior paints, exterior paints, solid paints, tinters, silicate paints, distempers, gloss effect top coats, and ready-mixed joint fillers.


Tylose H 20 P2 is characterized by the formation of viscous gels in water, useful for making paints, adhesives for construction, as well as in the paper and oil industry, among others.
With good water retention, thickening, suspension properties, Tylose H 20 P2 offers functional properties and enhance product performancein emulsion-based building materials.


Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a viscosity and rheology modifier, protective colloid, water retention agent, stabilizer and suspending agent, particularly in those applications where a non-ionic material is desired.
Solutions of low molecular weight Tylose H 20 P2 grades have a rheology that is near Newtonian and useful for applications that require a stable viscosity regardless of shear.


Solutions of high molecular weight Tylose H 20 P2, however, behave in a non-Newtonian manner and will have a pseudo-plastic rheology.
This pseudoplasticity makes high viscosity grades of Tylose H 20 P2 an ideal thickener for latex paint applications where the paint must stay on the brush, yet flow out easily upon brushing.


Tylose H 20 P2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps.
Tylose H 20 P2 finds application in formulating hair styling gels, cosmetic products and personal care formulations.


Tylose H 20 P2 has higher and more uniform degree of substitution, improved the enzyme resistance.
Tylose H 20 P2 is non-ionic, water-soluble materials that provide good properties of thickening, suspending, binding, emulsify, film-forming, stabilize, disperse, retain water and etc.


Tylose H 20 P2 is recommended as thickening agent in water-based paint.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a non-ionic soluble cellulose ether, soluble in both cold and hot water, thickening, suspension, adhesion, emulsification, film formation, water retention, protective colloids and other properties, used in coatings.


Tylose H 20 P2 provides excellent thickening efficiency, color development, open time, and superior resistance to biodegradation.
Tylose H 20 P2 also play a role in the emulsion, dispersion, stability and water retention.
Tylose H 20 P2 powders consolidate many advantages and contribute to the construction field.


Tylose H 20 P2 has good rheological properties at different shear rates, and has good workability and leveling, not easy to drop, good splash and sag resistance.
Tylose H 20 P2 has uses in the cosmetics and personal care industries as a gelling and thickening agent.
Tylose H 20 P2 include antiperspirants & deodorants, conditioners, body care, facial care, styling products, sunscreens, liquid soaps, shave gels and foams, wipes (baby and adult), makeup/mascara, AP/Deodorant solids, and lubricant gels.


Tylose H 20 P2 can also be used to make crystal clear, water soluble hair styling gels.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used for the texture paint, latex paint development of a product, product thickening suspension effect is good, high water retention rate, a small amount of addition, low product unit price can reduce the production cost.


Tylose H 20 P2 is suitable for latex paint, oil drilling, adhesives, and personal care.
One of the most important applications of Tylose H 20 P2 and HMHEC are waterborne architectual coatings.
Tylose H 20 P2 is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products.


They are either used alone or in combination with other thickeners.
Infact, Tylose H 20 P2 is the most widely used thickener in exterior latex paints because it is compatible with many coating ingredients such as pigments, surfactants, emulsifiers, preservatives, and binders.


Tylose H 20 P2 and methyl cellulose are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biological structures for hydrophobic drugs.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used in broad range of applications includes cosmetic & personnel care, Paint & coating, oilfield, construction, etc.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a commonly used thickener in paint&coating formulations.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used in paint&coating formulations to increase the viscosity of the paint and to improve its flow and leveling properties.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a thickener for a series of organic solvents.


Tylose H 20 P2 is used in various formulations such as film formulations, emulsifiers, flow regulators, and anti-mildew.
Tylose H 20 P2 enhances the viscosity of drilling fluid.
Tylose H 20 P2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.


Tylose H 20 P2 is commonly used in the production of water-based resins, the production of interior paints, the adhesive industry, the polymerization of vinyl acetate, the copolymer lactate with vinyl acrylic acid, the hydraulic fracturing process, the production of nonwovens and detergents, cosmetics, Layering of tiles.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used to obtain the optimum hydration time to prevent agglomeration caused by accelerators greater than the optimal dissolution rate.


Tylose H 20 P2 can be one of the main ingredients in water-based personal lubricants.
Tylose H 20 P2 scientific research team specifically for the texture paint, latex paint development of a product, product thickening suspension effect is good, high water retention rate, a small amount of addition, low product unit price can reduce the production cost.


Tylose H 20 P2 is mainly used in water-based products.
Tylose H 20 P2 polymer is a hydroxyethyl ether of cellulose, obtained by treating cellulose with sodium hydroxide and reacting with ethylene oxide.
Tylose H 20 P2 grades are defined by their molecular weight or more specifically the viscosity of the aqueous solution that they produce at 2% by weight.


Tylose H 20 P2 is one of the main components of the personal lubricant brand known as K-Y Jelly.
Tylose H 20 P2 offers narrow viscosity ranges, consistent viscosity reproducibility, and excellent solution clarities.
Tylose H 20 P2 can also be found in household cleaning products.


Tylose H 20 P2 finds applications as a binder, film former, rheology modifer (thickener), adhesion promoter, dispersion stabilizer, extender and slumping reducer in numerous products including paints, inks, adhesives, cosmetics, personal care products, textiles, cements, ceramics and paper products.
Tylose H 20 P2 offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.


In addition to its useful nature as a thickening agent, Tylose H 20 P2 also provides the benefits of a suspension aid, binder, emulsifier, film former, emulsion stabilizer, dispersant, water retention aid, and protective colloid.
Tylose H 20 P2 is also a key ingredient in the formation of large bubbles as it possesses the ability to dissolve in water but also provide structural strength to the soap bubble.


Tylose H 20 P2 is widely used in coatings, construction, medicine, food, papermaking and polymer polymerization industry.
Tylose H 20 P2 provides excellent thickening efficiency, color development, open time, and superior resistance to biodegradation.
Tylose H 20 P2 also play a role in the emulsion, dispersion, stability and water retention.


Tylose H 20 P2 acts as a non-ionic thickening agent.
Tylose H 20 P2 is recommended as thickening agent in water-based paint.
Tylose H 20 P2 is also used extensively in the oil and gas industry as a drilling mud additive under the name


Tylose H 20 P2 as well in industrial applications, paint and coatings, ceramics, adhesives, emulsion polymerization, inks, construction, welding rods, pencils and joint fillers.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a thickener,binder, stabilizer,film forming, protective colloids and suspending agent.


Tylose H 20 P2 is used as adhesives, bonding aids, filling cement admixtures
Tylose H 20 P2 is a hydroxyethyl cellulose powder recommended for use in interior and exterior paints.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used to thicken shampoos, gels, body washes, and add body and after feel to bubble baths, body care products, lotions and creams.


Tylose H 20 P2 is used in rinses, hair conditioner, hair gel and shaving products.
Tylose H 20 P2 is not an emulsifier and will not emulsify oils into water.
Tylose H 20 P2 can be used in building materials, paints industry, petrochemicals, synthetic resin, ceramic industry, pharmaceutical, food, textile, agriculture, cosmetics, tobacco, ink, papermaking and other industries.


Tylose H 20 P2 is a cellulose ether that is primarily used as a thickener for water-based paint, ink, and adhesive formulations.
Tylose H 20 P2 can also be used to make crystal clear, water soluble hair styling gels.
The applications for Tylose H 20 P2 range but in the industrial space it is primarily used for general thickening applications in latex paints, household cleaners and tape-joint compounds.


Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a non-ionic cellulose thickener, usually to enhance viscosity, increase concentration by absorbing water, increase viscosity, increase stability, increase degradability, and increase gloss.
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as coatings and optical brightener additives, coating polymers, filter control additives
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as wet strength enhancer, protective colloid, rebound and slip reducing agent, rheology control modifier


-Aplications of Tylose H 20 P2:
• Paint and coating thickener.
• Preparation of water-based latex paints.
• Preparation and synthesis of binder.
• Extraction of petroleum.
• Construction and building materials.
• Manufacture of paper.
• Binder.
• Adhesive.


-Recommended fields of application of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Interior paints
*Exterior paints


-Uses of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Construction uses of Tylose H 20 P2: Cement mortar, Concrete mix， Thickening
*Dyeing： Latex paint, polymer emulsifying, Thickening, water retention, retarding
*Papermaking：Sizing agent，Thickener, water-retaining
*Cosmetic：Toothpaste, shampoo, Detergent， Thickener, stabilizer
*Petroleum Oil：Drilling well, completing fluids，Water retention, Thickening，Control of fluid loss


-Uses of Tylose H 20 P2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity


-Typical recommended for thickening and hydration using Tylose H 20 P2.
Disperse Hydroxyethyl cellulose in solution, usually water, and by stir vigorously or using a blender.
Continue to hydrate the HEC in water until completely dissolved.
The thickening will be delayed, this is normal and how the product is designed to work.
(Stir until all particles are dissolved.)
This process allows the preparation of clear, smooth, viscous solutions in a short period of time by simply adding the R-grade to water and stirring until the polymer is completely dissolved to prevent settling of the particles.


-Recommended Field Application of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Interior paints
*Solid paints
*Exterior paints
*Silicon resin paints
*Tinters
*Glazes


-Application Field of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Interior wall latex paint
*Exterior wall latex paint
*Real stone paint
*Texture paint


-Application properties of Tylose H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is majnly recommended for ready mixed joint compounds (RMJC).
Tylose H 20 P2 provroes a very creamy and easy wôrkability.
Usually Tylose H 20 P2 is used in combination with Tylose MHPC or MHEC grades to Typical data further improve the workability


-Applications of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Water-based paint
*Polymerization
*Cosmetics
*Others


-Application Field of Tylose H 20 P2:
*Interior wall latex paint
*Exterior wall latex paint
*Real stone paint
*Texture paint



BENEFITS OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is used as a high performance non-ionic thickener, water-retaining aid and rheological additive in all types of water-based paints and surface coatings, adhesives and many other water-based industrial products.
Tylose H 20 P2 gives these systems excellent rheological properties.
*Additional purification to reduce ash content Excellent salt tolerance
*Imparts slip and lubricity
*Ability to create clear formulations
*Stabilizes emulsion systems
*Surface-treated to aid incorporation into water
*Vegan suitable



IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 can be used as a non-ionic surface active agent.
In addition to thickening, suspending, adhesion, emulsifying, film-forming, dispersing, water-retaining and providing protective colloid properties, but also has the following properties.
1. Tylose H 20 P2 is soluble in hot or cold water, does not precipitate by heat or boiling, and enables it to have a wide range of solubility and viscosity characteristics, as well as non-thermal gelation;
2. Tylose H 20 P2’s non-ionic itself and can coexist with a wide range of other water-soluble polymers, surfactants, and salts, a fine colloidal thickener for the solution containing a high concentration of electrolytes;
3. Tylose H 20 P2's water retention capacity is twice as that of methyl cellulose, and it has better flow-regulating property;
4. Tylose H 20 P2 is stable in viscosity and prevented from mildew.
Tylose H 20 P2 enables the paint to have good can-opening effects and better leveling properties in construction.



PROPERTIES AND APPLICATIONS OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is an important non-ionic, water-soluble cellulose derivative.
Tylose H 20 P2 is a completely odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic white to light-yellow powder that readily dissolves in hot and cold water but is insoluble in most organic solvents.
When dissolved in water, Tylose H 20 P2 forms a transparent viscous solution which has a non-Newtonian behavior.

The hydroxyl groups of Tylose H 20 P2 present in the side chains can be reacted with hydrophobic moities to modify the properties of HEC.
For example, attaching polyether chains onto the cellulose (alkoxylation) yields hydrophobically modified Tylose H 20 P2.
Tylose H 20 P2 is an associative thickener that forms a reversible three-dimensional supramolecular network in solution through intra- and intermolecular associations of the hydrophobic groups.



PROPERTIES AND FUNCTIONALITY OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
*Benefit from the non-anionic nature, Tylose H 20 P2 is high stable to broad range of salt, soluble and high resistance even in high brine concentration.
*High-performance thickening, efficient high viscosity build up
*Outstanding pseudoplasticity, Unique shear-thinning characteristic and viscosity reversible
*Film-forming agent, protective colloid action.
*Water retention,maintain water content at formulation
*Excellent compatibility to broad range of water soluble materials or ingredients



PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is a free-flowing powder or granules that range in color from white to slightly yellowish.
Tylose H 20 P2 is odorless and tasteless and contains residual moisture determined by the conditions of production, as well as a small amount of residual salts.
Tylose H 20 P2 can also contain other additives which, for example, regulate the solubility and dispersibility or purposefully influence the development of viscosity.
Depending on the field of application, Tylose H 20 P2 is offered in unmodified and modified form.
The most important properties of Tylose H 20 P2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity



FEATURE OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
*Tylose H 20 P2 dissolves readily in both cold water and hot water.
*Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P2 are stable and do not gel at either high or low temperatures.
*Tylose H 20 P2 is a nonionic cellulose ether that remains chemically and physically stable over a wide pH range.
*Tylose H 20 P2 shows excellent performance as athickener, as a water-retention agent, as a suspending and dispersing agent, and as a protective colloid.
*Tylose H 20 P2 can be stored for log periods without degrading significantly, and in aqueous solutions its viscosity remains stable.
*Tylose H 20 P2 is a water-soluble polymer synthesized by the reaction of ethylene oxide with cellulose.
Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 20 P2 have excellent characterisstics for applications as thickeners, water-retention agents, suspending and dispersing agents, and as protective colloids.
In the synthesis of hydroxyethylcellulose, the avarage number of moles of ethylene oxide that combines with each mole of cellulose (MS) is used as an index.
The value of MS in Tylose H 20 P2 is controlled within 1.5 to 2.5.



PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Tylose H 20 P2 is soluble in both cold and hot water, but under normal circumstances does not dissolve in most organic solvents.
When the pH value is within the range of 2-12, the change in viscosity is small, but if beyond this range, the viscosity will decrease.
The surface-treated Tylose H 20 P2 can be dispersed in cold water without agglomeration, but dissolution rate is slower, and generally it requires about 30 minutes.
With heat or adjusting the pH value to 8-10, it can be rapidly dissolved.



SPECIFICATIONS OF TYLOSE H 20 P2:
- Tylose H 20 P2 provides viscosity at 3,400-5,000 mPa s (cPs) at 1% in water.
- Tylose H 20 P2 melts and forms a gel at about 70 degrees and dissolves well at pH higher than 7 (use an alkali such as Triethanolamine helps to raise the pH value, after dissolving, can adjust the pH later)
- Tylose H 20 P2 can be used in formulations that are acidic down to pH 3 and alkaline up to pH 9.
- Tylose H 20 P2 has no smell



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
Appearance: white or similar to white powder
Moisture(%): Max. 8.0
PH: 6.0-8.5
Apparent Density: 0.30-0.50 g/ml
Appearance Form: powder
Color: beige
Odor: No data available
Odor Threshold: No data available
pH: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flash point: No data available
Evaporation rate: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Vapor density: No data available
Density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Water solubility: No data available

Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available
Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information: No data available
Chemical formula: variable
Molar mass: variable
Melting point: 140 °C (284 °F; 413 K)
Appearance: white or similar to white powder
Moisture(%): Max. 8.0
PH: 6.0-8.5
Apparent Density: 0.30-0.50 g/ml

Type: Interior / Exterior / Solid Paints
Form: Powder
Appearance: white powder
Etherification: high etherification
Particle size: powder
Delayed solubility: yes
Biostability: yes
Viscosity level (according to Höppler): hydroxyethyl cellulose
Viscosity: 4200 - 5500 mPa-s
solution pH: 6-8.5
Moisture content (packed): <6%
Ash (calculated as Na2SO4): <6%
particle size: no more than 10%
Esterification (MS): 2.70
swelling time: 20 minutes.
Bulk densit: 0.45g/l
Lower explosion limits: 30 g/m³
Upper explosion limits:
Density (at 20 °C): 1,1-1,5 g/cm³
Water solubility: (at 20 °C) > 10 g/L

Partition coefficient: log POW < 0
Ignition temperature: > 460 °C
Auto-ignition temperature > 120 °C
Explosive properties The product is considered non-explosive.
Bulk density: 200 - 600 g/l
Conbustion class: 5
Smoulder temperature: 280 °C
pmax: 10 bar
KSt: < 200 bar*m/s
Dust explosion class: ST1
Minimum ignition energy: > 10 mJ
Physical state: Powder
Colour:Whitish
Odour: characteristic
Test method
pH-Value (at 20 °C): 6 - 8 10 g/l
Changes in the physical state
Melting point: n.a.
Initial boiling point and boiling range: n.a.
Flash point: n.a



FIRST AID MEASURES of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Environmental precautions:
No special environmental precautions required.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
Choose body protection in relation to its type
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection is not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
No special environmental precautions required.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
General industrial hygiene practice.
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
*Storage class:
Storage class (TRGS 510): 13: Non Combustible Solids



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TYLOSE H 20 P2:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
NATROSOL
ETHOCEL
Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose
Natrosol 250 HR (SCS 1216)
CELLOSIZE QP 100 MH
CELLOSIZE QP 30000 H
NATROSOL 250 HHBR
NATROSOL 250 HHR
CELLOSIZE HEC-10
NATROSOL 250 HR PC
CELLOSIZE QP 300
HEC HV 250 HHR-P
Cellosize QP 4400 H
Natrosol 250 HR
Cellosize QP 52000 H (use 1M081)
Natrosol 250 MHBR
Cellosize QP 30000 H
Natrosol 250 LR
Hydroxyethyl cellulose, modified
Tylose FL 6002
Hydroxy ethylcellulose
water soluble
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
non-ionic watersolu.cellulose ethers
Hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC)
nonionic, water-soluble polymer
Natrosol 250 L
Cellosize QP 15000
Cellosize QP 52000
Cellosize QP 100 MH
Cellosize QP 300
Cellosize QP 09
Hydroxyethyl cellulose, granular powder
Cellosize QP 4400
Cellosize QP 300
Cellosize QP 40, Natrosol 250 GR
Natrosol 250 HHR
Modified cellulose ether
Cellulose, modified
hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
hydrophobically modified
Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Cellosize EP 09
Cellosize EP 300
Tylose H 100.000 YP
Tylose H 20 P2
Tylose H 20 P
Natrosol 250 HHBR
Ethylhydroxyethylcellulose
Natrosol Slurry ADX 151
Hydroxy ethyl cellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Hydroxy ethylcellulose slurry
Ethylhydroxyethyl cellulose
Bermocoll CST 257
Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose
Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose 90%
Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
Bermocoll EHM 100 ED
Cellosize ER 30 M
Hydroxyethylcellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose, Pure
Natrosol 250 HHXR
Tylose H 60000 YP2
Hydroxyl ethyl cellulose
Hydroxyethylcellulose, water soluble
Natrosol 250 GR (only for Sico)
Hydroxyethylcellulose, rheology modifier
Tylose H 300 P2
Hydroxyethylcelluose, with retarded swelling time
Cellosize QP 09L
Natrosol 250 MXR
Cellosize QP-3L
Cellulose, 2-hydroxyethyl ether
Cellulose hydroxyethylate
Natrosol
Cellosize WP 4400
Natrosol 250HR
Tylose H 300
Glutofix 600
Cellosize QP 4400
Cellulose hydroxyethyl ether
Natrosol 250HX
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Hydroxyethyl cellulose ether
Hydroxyethyl ether cellulose
Natrosol 240JR
Natrosol 250M
Natrosol 250G
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose ether
Cellosize QP 1500
Hercules N 100
Cellosize WP 300
Natrosol 250HHR
Cellosize WP 300H
Cellosize WP 400H
Cellosize UT 40
Natrosol 300H
Cellosize WP
Natrosol 250H
Natrosol 250
Cellosize QP 10000
Cellosize QP 15000
HEC
Cellosize 4400H16
Cellosize WPO 9H17
Cellosize QP
Tylose H 20
OETs
BL 15
HEC-Al 5000
Natrosol LR
J 164
Natrosol 250HHP
Natrosol 250H4R
Natrosol 250MH
Cellosize QP 3
Natrosol 150L
Natrosol 180L
Fuji HEC-BL 20
AW 15 (polysaccharide)
Cellosize QP 30000
Natrosol 250HH
AW 15
Natrosol 180HH
Natrosol 300HH
AH 15
Cellosize WP 09
Natrosol 250LR
Natrosol 250MR
Cellosize QP 300H
Cellosize
HEC-Unicel
Natrosol 250R
Cellosize QP 52000
Fuji HEC-AL 15
HEC-Unicel QP 9
Unicel QP 52000H
Unicel QP 100MH
Unicel QP 300H
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Fuji HEC-A 5000F
Fuji HEC-AW 15F
Tylose H 300P
Cellosize QP 300
Natrosol 250L
Natrosol GXR 250
Natrosol 250HBR
Natrosol MHR
HEC-BL 15
Natrosol 150GXR
Cellosize WP 09L
Natrosol 250J
Culminal HEC 5000PR
HEC-A 5-25CF
HEC-AH 15
Natrosol 250GR
Natrosol 250MHR
Walocel HT 6.000PFV
Telhec
Natrosol 250HHW
Cellosize TJC 500
HEC-Unicel QP 09L
HEC-Unicel QP 300H
HEC-Unicel QP 30000H
SP 250
SP 407
Fuji HEC-HP
Tylose H 100000
HEC 10A
Fuji HEC-AG 15
Natrosol 250 H4BR
Natrosol MR
Cellobond 25T
Cellobond HEC 5000
Cellobond HEC 400
Cellobond HEC 15A
Cellosize WP 4400H
Fuji HEC-SY 25F
Cellosize QP 40
Cellosize QP 4400H
Cellosize DP 40
Daicel SP 500
Cellosize WP 02W1062R
Cellosize QP 5200W1930X
Cellosize QP 52000H
Cellobond 45000A
Natrosol 250HHX
Daicel SP 600
HEC-SP 200
Cellosize HEC-QP 09L
QP 100M
HEC 250H
Daicel EP 850
Glycol cellulose
Cellosize QP 100M
Cellosize QP 40L
Natrosol 250MXR
AX 15
SP 250 (cellulose)
HEC-SE 750
HEC-QP 9H
Cellosize QP 15000H
SE 850K
Daicel EP 500
Natrosol MR 250
Cellosize QP 15MH
Cellosize OP 09
Natrosol HR 250
Cellosize WPO 9H
Cellosize HEC 4400
Natrosol 250LV
QP 10000
QP 30000
Tylose H 20P
HEC-Unicel QP 4400H
BL 15 (cellulose derivative)
Natrosol GXR
Tylose H 10
Daicel SP 750
Culminal HEC 30000
Unicel QP 4400
Unicel QP 15000
Natrosol 250NHR
Cellosize WP 09H
HEC-SE 850
Sanhec
Tylose H 4000
HEC-AL 15
SP 200
Tylose H 30000YP
H 30000YP
HEC Daicel SE 850K
Daicel SE 850K
Tylopur H 300
Admiral 3089FS
Daicel SP 800
Fuji HEC-AX 15F
Metolose 90SEW
Natrosol 250HB
HEC-SP 400
Natrosol 99-250L-NF
HEC-QP 4400
HEC-QP 100MH
Tylomer H 200
Tylomer H 20
Daicel SP 200
Daicel SP 550
Tylose H 15000YP2
HEC Daicel SE 600
HEC Daicel SE 900
Daicel SE 600
Daicel SE 900
HEC-QP 100M
Hyetellose
Daicel SP 400
FL 52
Cellosize QP 100MH
Tylose H 6000XP
Cellosize QP 09H
Natrosol 250HHBR
Aqualon HEC
Daicel SP 850
QP 52000
AL 15
QP 300H
Natrosol 250HHXR
Natrosol HHR 250
SP 400
Cellosize HEC-QP 30000H
Cellosize HEC-QP 15000H
Cellosize HEC-QP 52000H
Natrosol 250MP
Cellosize QR 4400H
Cellosize QP 3L
Natrosol 250K
Natrosol HHXR
HEC-SP 550
Natrosol Plus 250HHX
QP 09H
QP 4400
QP 15MH
QP 30MH
Fujichemi HEC-CF-G
Tylose H 20P2
HEC-SP 900
SP 900
HEC-SP 600
Tylose H 10000YP2
SP 550
250LR
250HR
Fujichemi HEC-AX 15F
EP 850
Cellosize HEC-QP 4400H
Tylose H 10G4
HEC-QP 15000H
HEC-QP 4400H
Natrosol 250MBR
HEC 850SE
Tylose H 4000P2
HEC Daicel SP 200
SE 900
SP 500
Sulfatsell
Fujichemi HEC CF-W
Fujichemi HEC CF-V
Halad 9
Halad 23
Fujichemi HEC-SY 25
Fuji-Chem HEC-SY 25
MR 250HR
Liporamnosan
3089FS
Tylose H 4000P
HEC-SP 250
Natrosol 250JR
Fujichemi HEC-SZ 25
Natrosol 250GXR
Cellosize HEC-QP 100M
Natrasol
Cellosize PCG 10
Tylose H 15YG4
Tylose H 180YG4
Tylose H 200YG4
Natrosol HHBR 250
SX 25F
SZ 25F
Tylose H 30000YP2
Tylose H 60000YP2
CF-G
CF-W
Natrosol 250HR-CS
Tylose H 10000G4
Natrosol QP 300
QP 300
HEC 210HHW
Cellosize WP 40
WP 40
SE 400
HEC Daicel SE 400
HEC Daicel 900
HEC 600
Tylose H 100000YP
HEC-QP 300
Fujichemi HEC
HBR 250
250HBR
Admiral FPS 3089
Liqui-Vis EP
Cellosize ER 4400
HEC-SE 900
Natrosol HIVIS
Sulfatsell 2D
Cellosize H 15000YPZ
Cellosize WP 09B
HEX 250HR
SE 850
Tylose H 6000YP2
ER 30M
QP 15000H
Aqualon LR 250
Cellosize QP 09L
Natrosol HX Pharm
Tylose H 10000P2
Bermocoll E 411
HEC Daicel SP 600
H 300YP2
Natrosol 25OHX
Natrosol 259MXR
LF 15
J 164 (polysaccharide)
Natrosol 250H4BXR
Natrosol LR 250
Sulfatsell 25
Daicel SE 850
Tylose H 300YP2
SE 390
Cellosize WPO 3H
HEC Daicel SP 500
Cellosize ER 15M
Sanhec H
HEC SE 600
HEC Daicel SP 900
QP 52000H
Natrosol HHX
Natrosol HEC 250HHX
Cellosize ER 15
HEC Daicel SE 500
Tylose H 4000YG4
Tylose E 60505
Natrosol 250KR
Tylose 10000P
Cellosize HEC-QP 100MH
Natrosol G
RT 6000
SH 15
AH 15L
SY 25
Tylose H 20000YP2
HEC Daicel SP 850
HEC-SP 500
HEC-SP 850
Fuji HEC-SG 25F
Tubicoat HEC
451F
HEC Daicel SE 850
Natrasol 250HHBRPA
Aldiamed
HEC SE 400
HEC SE 500
HEC-SE 550
QP 15000
HS 100000YP2
Daicel SP 900
HEC Daicel SP 550
EM 30M
Natrosol MHBR
Cellosize QH 100000
ER 52M
Natrosol 250MHBR
Natrosol L
Natrosol M
QP 100MH
250HHBR
Natrosol 250HXR
Natrosol MX 250
HEC-CF-G
QP 30000H
HEC 250HX
HEC 250M
CF-X
HEC-ER 5200
ER 5200
ER 4512
Cellosize HEC-QP 52000H3
QP 4400H
HS 30000
HS 30000YP2
Collaxim SF
Chrysoplast V 90
Cellosize WP 3000
Cellosize QP 20000
HEC CF-V
HSYP 30000R
HYSP 100000
EE 820
Natrosol 250E
Sanhec M
HEC-AX 15
Tylose H 4000G4
Natrosol AT 250
HEC 30000
Natrosol 250M Pharm
Cellosize DSC
Tylose H 27NG4
PF-VMTs
Tylose H 22P
Cellosize HEC Spatter Guard 100
Cellosize HEC 15
3000M
YLT 999
Nexton IP 5A
SP 600
EP 30M
HEC-AW 15F
Natrosol 25OHBR
Cellosize ER 30M
Cellosize 52000H
QP 09L
CZ 010
Natrosol HBR 250
P 330A
Cellosize EP 09
B 30K
HEC 250
HECSZ 25F
B 100K
Tylose H 10YG4
Tylose H
30000S
Natrasol 250
Natrosol L Pharm
HEC-AG 15F
SW 25F
Natrosol 250HHX Pharma
EBS 481PQ
HEC Daicel 850
TF 30000
Combizell DE 6000
HEC-TF 30000
Antifoam RD 10
YT 30000
Fujichemi CF-V
Natrosol HEC 250HR
Sanhec L
250MBR
HHBR 250
H 250
HS 10W
HEC CF-Y
Cellosize HEC-QP 4400
Natrosol HEC
HE 6D
TF 30000S
HEC Daicel SE 550
Daicel SE 550
SE 600
SE 550
Aqualon NP 330
NP 330
HEC 250HBR
HEC-Q 52000
AL 15F
Natrosol HEC 250MR
Walocel MKX 15000PF01
30000YP2
Cellosize HEC
Hecellose H 30K
HD 30000
Tylose HX 6000YG4
HS 30000PY2
HS 6000YP2
Tylose HS 6000YP2
HEC 6000
2500HEC
Natrosol HH
Tylose HS 30000YP2
MHS 60000YP4
MHS 60000YP2
Cellosize HEC-EP 300
Cellosize EP 300
Natrosol 250HR-PC
B 15K
ReCell HE 10MD
HEC 60000
HE 6000SE
BR 30000H
Tylose HEC
Sulfacell 150
Cellulose 893
100000YP2
C 3061
Cellosize HEC AM 103
B 30
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Cellulose, hydroxyethyl ether
Hydroxyethylcellulose
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Hyetellose
Natrosol
Cellosize
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
HS 100,000 YP2
Cellulose, 2 – hydroxyethyl ether
hydroxyethyl cellulose
Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0
Hydroxyethyl Cellulose,2-hydroxyethylcelluloseether
ah15
aw15(polysaccharide)
aw15[polysaccharide]
bl15
cellosize
Hydroxyethyl cellulose – Viscosity 1500 ~ 2500
5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;thickener ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Tylose H 300 P2 is water soluble, non-ionic, hydroxyethyl cellulose with standard etherification.
Tylose H 300 P2 has low viscosity methyl hydroxyethylcellulose, soluble in cold water and insoluble in hot water or organic solvents.


CAS Number:68957-96-0


Tylose H 300 P2's aqueous solutions have a neutral pH that makes it a high-quality binder for tempera and gouache, as well as a good adhesive for restoring paper and graphic works.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
Tylose H 300 P2's aqueous solutions have a neutral pH that makes it a high-quality binder for tempera and gouache, as well as a good adhesive for restoring paper and graphic works.
Tylose H 300 P2 is used thickener.
Tylose H 300 P2 is used Emulsion condensing agent, adhesive in the restoration of paper and photographic documents, fabric gluing.


-Application Performance ofTylose H 300 P2:
*Building Materials
*Consistency development
*Final consistency
*Sag resistance
*Water demand
*Water retention
*Influence on cement hydration
*Heat stability
*Drilling Industry
*Thickening: low
*Thermal stability
*Salt compability
*Cement retardation



ADVANTAGES OF TYLOSE H 300 P2:
When in contact with water, Tylose H 300 P2 offers a variety of properties, including: regulating the consistency (viscosity) of vinyls and pastes, reducing splashes; regulates the water retention capacity, thus improving the drying process and film formation; reduces sedimentation of fillers and pigments, avoiding phase separation; reinforces the adhesive and binding power between loads as well as PVA's, increasing their degree of adhesion.
Tylose H 300 P2 is used for resistant to microorganisms.
Tylose H 300 P2 is used for self leveling compounds.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
Appearance: powder
Etherification: standard
Particle size: powder
Delayed solubility: yes
Level of viscosity: according to Höppler: 300 mPa•s
Composition: hydroxyethyl cellulose
Appearance: white powder
Etherification: standard etherification
Particle size: powder
Delayed solubility: yes
Modification: -
Viscosity level (according to Höppler): 300 mPas
Form: Dustlike
Colour:Whitis
Smell:Odourless
pH-value(10g/l)at20°C:7
Changeincondition
Melting point/Melting range: Not determined
Boiling point/Boiling range: Not determined
Flash point: Not applicable
Inflammability(solid,gaseous): Product is not inflammable.
Ignition temperature: >360°C
Self-inflammability: >190°C-
Densityat20°C1.39g/cm³
Solubilityin/Miscibility with-Water:Soluble
Partition coefficient(n-octanol/water):<3logPOW
Viscosity: dynamicat20°C: 300mPas(20g/lH2O)
Other information: No further relevant information available.
Melting Point: -60°C
Flash Point: >214°F
Density: 0.935 (25°C)
Viscosity: 10cs (25°C)
Alpha Sort: Polydimethylsiloxane



FIRST AID MEASURES of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Description of first aid measures:
*After inhalation:
Supply fresh air.
*After skin contact:
Instantly wash with water and soap and rinse thoroughly.
*After eye contact:
Rinse opened eye for several minutes under running water.
If symptoms persist,consult a doctor.
Do not rub.
*After swallowing:
In case of persistent symptoms consult doctor.
-Information for doctor:
*Most important symptoms and effects,both acute and delayed:
No further relevant information available.
*Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No further relevant information available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures:
Wear protective clothing
Product forms slippery surface when combined with water.
-Environmental precautions:
Do not allow to enter drainage system, surface or groundwater.
-Methods and material for containment and cleaning up:
Collect mechanically.
Ensure adequate ventilation.
Dispose of the material collected according to regulations.



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing agents:
Water spray jet
Foam



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Additional information about design of technical systems:
No further data
-Exposure controls-Personal protective equipment:
*General protective and hygienic measures:
Wash hands during breaks and at the end of the work.
*Protection of hands:
Protective gloves.
The glove material has to be impermeable and resistant to the product/the substance/the preparation.
**Material of gloves:
Rubber gloves
Not required.
*Eye protection:
Safety glasses



HANDLING and STORAGE of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Handling-Precautions for safe handling:
Protect against electrostatic charges.
-Conditions for safe storage,including any incompatibilities:
*Storage:
**Requirements to be met by store room sand containers:
No special requirements.
-Information about storage in one common storage facility:
Not required.
-Furtherinformationaboutstorageconditions:
This product is hygroscopic.
Store in cool, dry conditions in well sealed receptacles.



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TYLOSE H 300 P2:
-Reactivity:
*Chemical stability:
Conditions to avoid:
No further relevant information available.
-Incompatible materials:
No further relevant information available.
-Hazardous decomposition products:
No decomposition under normal storage and handling conditions.

Tylose H 300 P2 Tylose H 300 P2 is a water-soluble, non-ionic, highly etherified hydroxyethyl cellulose powder. Tylose H 300 P2 provides increased biostability, fast consistency development, high solution clarity and thermal stability, and low sag resitance and water demand. This grade of hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) is ideal for use in emulsion tile adhesives, exterior, interior, and silicone resin paints, drilling fluids, non-woven fabrics, and washing up liquids. Tylose HEC (hydroxyethyl cellulose/Tylose H-grades) are soluble in water at any temperature. Tylose HEC are nonionic cellulose ethers, which are offered as free flowing powder or in granular form. Many Tylose HEC grades have a retarded solubility which ensures a lump free solution in aqueous systems. Hydroxyethyl cellulose. Tylose H 300 P2 Provides effects like thickening, pseudoplastic properties, water retention, protective colloid effects, film forming and a high level of salt tolerance. Offers high gloss, high pigment compatibility, high thickening effect and high water retention. Exhibits moderate wet scrub resistance, anti-spattering, and pseudoplasticity. Used for paints and coatings applications like interior paints, solid paints, exterior paints, tinters, glazes, and silicon resin paints. Hydroxyethylcellulose. Tylose H 300 P2 Acts as a thickening agent. Tylose H 300 P2 is available in powder form with delayed solubility. Used in shampoo. Tylose H 300 P2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose. It is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products.[1] Tylose H 300 P2 and methyl cellulose are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids. This process is known as hydrophilization.[2] Tylose H 300 P2 is also used extensively in the oil & gas industry as a drilling mud additive under the name HEC as well in industrial applications, paint & coatings, ceramics, adhesives, emulsion polymerization, inks, construction, welding rods, pencils and joint fillers. Tylose H 300 P2 is one of the main ingredients in the personal lubricant KY Jelly. It is also a key ingredient in the formation of big bubbles as it possesses the ability to dissolve in water but also provide structural strength to the soap bubble. Among other similar chemicals, it is often used as slime (and gunge, in the UK), a gooey substance often used on television and in fundraising events which is poured over individuals with the aim of causing embarrassment. Tylose H 300 P2 acts as a demulcent by relieving inflammation or irritation and dryness of eyes. It acts as one of the key ingredient and viscosity-enhancing agent to prolong corneal contact time and increase intraocular drug levels. Application Tylose H 300 P2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biostructures for the delivery of hydrophobic drugs. Tylose H 300 P2 is used in the development of polymer networks and block copolymers useful in separation technology such as capillary electrophoresis and in biofilms and coatings. Tylose H 300 P2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps. General properties Hydroxyethyl cellulose (Tylose H 300 P2) polymer is a hydroxyethyl ether of cellulose, obtained by treating cellulose with sodium hydroxide and reacting with ethylene oxide. Tylose H 300 P2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps. They are available as white free-flowing granular powders that easily dissolve in cold and hot water to give transparent solutions with varying viscosities depending on polymer concentration, type and temperature. Natrosol 250 Tylose H 300 P2 is available in 10 viscosity types, that go from low viscosity values (types L and J) ranging between 0.08 and 0.4 Pas at c = 5 wt.%, intermediate viscosity values (types E, G, K, M) ranging between 0.03 and 6.5 Pas at c = 2 wt.%, arriving to the highest viscosity values (types MH, H, HH) ranging between 0.8 and 5 Pas at c = 1 wt.% (informations are given in the producer booklet Aqualon, 1999). The molecular weight and the degree of polymerization of the Natrosol™ Tylose H 300 P2 types is directly proportional to their viscosity. Being a nonionic polymer, Natrosol™ is less sensitive to pH changes; however, pH and temperature may slight affect the hydration and dissolution time of the polymer. Effect of extent of substitution on solubility When highly polar hydroxyl groups on crystalline cellulose are substituted with hydroxyalkyl groups to manufacture HPC or Tylose H 300 P2, water solubility initially increases due to a reduction in crystallinity and hydrogen bonding between the cellulose backbone chains. However, as the amount of hydroxyalkyl substitution continues to increase, the polymer becomes increasingly hydrophobic. As shown in Fig. 7.31, the equilibrium moisture content steadily decreases as MS increases from 2.0 to 5.0 for both Tylose H 300 P2 and HPC. A similar relationship has also been demonstrated for the cloud point.43 An exception to this behavior is polymers with ionic groups in their side chains. In this case, increasing the level of highly polar substituents will increase water solubility. For example, when the DS for sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is increased from 0.7 to 1.2, the equilibrium moisture content at 50% relative humidity increases from 13% to 18%. Regenerated Tylose H 300 P2 is made by dissolving cellulose xanthate in 4–7% sodium hydroxide and contacting with aqueous sulfuric acid. These steps convert the cellulose xanthate back into cellulose, which may be spun into viscose rayon or cast into films. The fibers are used in textiles (artificial silk), tyre cords, and V belts. The films are used in packaging (Cellophane) or sausage casings. Weiner casings (70% regenerated cellulose, 12% glycerol, and 18% water) are peeled away after the meat emulsion is cooked. Hemp paper casings (23% paper, 46% regenerated cellulose, 21% glycerol, and 10% water) are used in bologna, salami, pepperoni, summer sausage, and liverwurst. Tylose H 300 P2 moieties are highly reactive, allowing a variety of esters and ethers to be manufactured. Because each anhydroglucose has three hydroxyl groups, the maximum degree of substitution (DS) is three. Purified wood pulp or cotton linters (short fibers) are the industrial sources of ‘chemical cellulose.’ Tylose H 300 P2 Usage And Synthesis Thickeners and binders Tylose H 300 P2 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +. Has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid. The role of thickener in the aqueous ink is thickened. The viscosity of the ink added a thickening agent increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink. Thickening agent is a cellulose-based material and (or) polyvinyl alcohol substances. Cellulose substances may be methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, Tylose H 300 P2 and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose; polyvinyl alcohol material may be an or several species of polyethylene 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 4000, 6000. The above information is edited by the chemicalbook of Liu Yujie. Chemical properties This product is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water. Insoluble in common organic solvents. Having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding. Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared. Having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte. Uses 1. This product is used for cracking method to extract polymerized dispersing agents such as oil water base gel fracturing fluid, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Also for latex thickening agent in paint industry, hygristor in electronics industry, cement anti-coagulant agent and water retention agent in construction industry. Glazing in ceramic industry and toothpaste binder. Also widely used in many aspects such as printing and dyeing, textile, paper, pharmaceutical, health, food, cigarettes, pesticides and fire extinguishing agent. 2. Used as a water-based drilling fluids, and thickening agent and filtrate reducer of completion fluids, thickening agent has obvious effect on brine drilling fluid. Also can be used for filtrate reducer of oil well cement. Cross-linking with the polyvalent metal ions into a gel. 3. As surfactants, protective colloids, emulsion stabilizers in combination with emulsion such as vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate emulsion, and a tackifier, dispersant, dispersion stabilizer of emulsion. Widely used in many aspects such as coatings, fibers, dyeing, paper, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, pesticides. There are many uses in oil exploitation and machinery industry. 4. As surfactants, latex thickening agent, protective colloid, oil exploitation fracturing fluid and polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride dispersing agents, etc. Production methods 1. Alkali cellulose is a natural polymer, each of a fiber-based ring contains three hydroxyl groups, the most active hydroxyl reaction to give Tylose H 300 P2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, took out to squeeze after half an hour. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized. Pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed, vacuumized, nitrogen charge, repeated to vacuumize and nitrogen charge to replace atmosphere in the reaction kettle. Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into, cooling water was pumped in jacket of reaction kettle, controlled at about 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, crude product of Tylose H 300 P2 was obtained. The crude product was washed with alcohol, added acetic acid to adjust pH value to 4-6, added glyoxal to crosslink and aging. Then washed with water, centrifugal dewatering, dryed, milled to obtain Tylose H 300 P2. Raw material consumption (kg/t) linter or low pulp meal 730-780 liquid caustic soda (30%) 2400 ethylene oxide 900 alcohol (95%) 4500 acetic acid 240 Glyoxal (40%) 100-300. 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, after half an hour took out to squeeze. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed and vacuumized, nitrogen charge, used nitrogen to replace all atmosphere in the reaction kettle,Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into. In the cooling, controlled at 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, to give the crude product of crude Tylose H 300 P2. The crude product was washed with ethanol and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH value to 4-6. added glyoxal to crosslink and aging, washed with water fast, finally centrifugal dehydration, dried, milled, obtained low salt Tylose H 300 P2. Description Hetastarch, another nonproteinaceous colloid, is a complex mixture of ethoxylated amylopectins ranging in molecular weight from 10 to 1,000 kDa (average molecular weight, ~450 kDa). When infused as a 6% solution, hetastarch approximates the activity of human albumin. The larger molecular weights, however, increase its intravascular residence time as well as its plasma expansion effects relative to albumin. Hetastarch is synthetically produced, so it is degraded more slowly and is less antigenic than other colloids. Despite these advantages, hetastarch is quite expensive and also has no oxygen-carrying capacity. Chemical Properties light yellow powder Chemical Properties Tylose H 300 P2 occurs as a white, yellowish-white or grayish-white, odorless and tasteless, hygroscopic powder. Uses disintegrant, binder for tabletting Uses Tylose H 300 P2 is a thickener, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer, and suspending agent. It is obtained from wood pulp Copyright 2014 Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part. Due to electronic rights, some third party content may be suppressed from the eBook and/or eChapter(s). Editorial Review has deemed that any suppressed content does not materially affect the overall learning experience. Cengage Learning reserves the right to remove additional content at any time if subsequent rights restrictions require it. or chemical cotton by treatment with an alkali. Definition A starch derivative containing 90% amylopectin. Production Methods A purified form of cellulose is reacted with sodium hydroxide to produce a swollen alkali cellulose, which is chemically more reactive than untreated cellulose. The alkali cellulose is then reacted with ethylene oxide to produce a series of Tylose H 300 P2 ethers. The manner in which ethylene oxide is added to cellulose can be described by two terms, the degree of substitution (DS) and the molar substitution (MS). The DS designates the average number of hydroxyl positions on the anhydroglucose unit that have been reacted with ethylene oxide. Since each anhydroglucose unit of the cellulose molecule has three hydroxyl groups, the maximum value for DS is 3. MS is defined as the average number of ethylene oxide molecules that have reacted with each anhydroglucose unit. Once a hydroxyethyl group is attached to each unit, it can further react with additional groups in an end-to-end formation. This reaction can continue and there is no theoretical limit for MS. Brand name Hespan (DuPont Merck) . Pharmaceutical Applications Tylose H 300 P2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer widely used in pharmaceutical formulations. It is primarily used as a thickening agent in ophthalmic and topical formulations, although it is also used as a binder and film-coating agent for tablets.It is present in lubricant preparations for dry eye, contact lens care, and dry mouth. The concentration of Tylose H 300 P2 used in a formulation is dependent upon the solvent and the molecular weight of the grade. Tylose H 300 P2 is also widely used in cosmetics. Safety Tylose H 300 P2 is primarily used in ophthalmic and topical pharmaceutical formulations. It is generally regarded as an essentially nontoxic and nonirritant material. Acute and subacute oral toxicity studies in rats have shown no toxic effects attributable to Tylose H 300 P2 consumption, the Tylose H 300 P2 being neither absorbed nor hydrolyzed in the rat gastrointestinal tract. However, although used in oral pharmaceutical formulations, Tylose H 300 P2 has not been approved for direct use in food products. Glyoxal-treated Tylose H 300 P2 is not recommended for use in oral pharmaceutical formulations or topical preparations that may be used on mucous membranes. Tylose H 300 P2 is also not recommended for use in parenteral products. storage Tylose H 300 P2 powder is a stable though hygroscopic material. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 300 P2 are relatively stable at pH 2–12 with the viscosity of solutions being largely unaffected. However, solutions are less stable below pH 5 owing to hydrolysis. At high pH, oxidation may occur. Increasing the temperature reduces the viscosity of aqueous Tylose H 300 P2 solutions. However, on cooling, the original viscosity is restored. Solutions may be subjected to freeze–thawing, high-temperature storage, or boiling without precipitation or gelation occurring. Tylose H 300 P2 is subject to enzymatic degradation, with consequent loss in viscosity of its solutions. Enzymes that catalyze this degradation are produced by many bacteria and fungi present in the environment. For prolonged storage, an antimicrobial preservative should therefore be added to aqueous solutions. Aqueous solutions of Tylose H 300 P2 may also be sterilized by autoclaving. Tylose H 300 P2 powder should be stored in a well-closed container, in a cool, dry place. Incompatibilities Tylose H 300 P2 is insoluble in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with zein and partially compatible with the following water-soluble compounds: casein; gelatin; methylcellulose; polyvinyl alcohol, and starch. Tylose H 300 P2 can be used with a wide variety of watersoluble antimicrobial preservatives. However, sodium pentachlorophenate produces an immediate increase in viscosity when added to Tylose H 300 P2 solutions. Tylose H 300 P2 has good tolerance for dissolved electrolytes, although it may be salted out of solution when mixed with certain salt solutions. For example, the following salt solutions will precipitate a 10% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-09 and a 2% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-4400: sodium carbonate 50% and saturated solutions of aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; chromic sulfate; disodium phosphate; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium sulfate; sodium sulfite; sodium thiosulfate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol is soluble in most 10% salt solutions, excluding sodium carbonate and sodium sulfate, and many 50% salt solutions with the exception of the following: aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; diammonium phosphate; disodium phosphate; ferric chloride; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium metaborate; sodium nitrate; sodium sulfite; trisodium phosphate; and zinc sulfate. Natrosol 150 is generally more tolerant of dissolved salts than is Natrosol 250. Tylose H 300 P2 is also incompatible with certain fluorescent dyes or optical brighteners, and certain quaternary disinfectants which will increase the viscosity of aqueous solutions. Regulatory Status Included in the FDA Inactive Ingredients Database (ophthalmic preparations; oral syrups and tablets; otic and topical preparations). Included in nonparenteral medicines licensed in the UK. Included in the Canadian List of Acceptable Non-medicinal Ingredients. Tylose H 300 P2 is not currently approved for use in food products in Europe or the USA, although it is permitted for use in indirect applications such as packaging. This restriction is due to the high levels of ethylene glycol residues that are formed during the manufacturing process. Description Tylose H 300 P2 is a polysaccharide derivative with gel thickening, emulsifying, bubble-forming, water-retaining and stabilizing properties. It is used as a key ingredient in many household cleaning products, lubricants and cosmetics due to its non-ionic and water-soluble nature. It is often used as an ingredient in ophthalmic pharmaceutical preparations such as artificial tear solutions and adjunct agent in topical drug formulations to facilitate the delivery of drugs with hydrophobic character. Pharmacodynamics Tylose H 300 P2 acts as a demulcent by relieving inflammation or irritation and dryness of eyes. It acts as one of the key ingredient and viscosity-enhancing agent to prolong corneal contact time and increase intraocular drug levels 4. Mechanism of action Interacts with the solid surface through hydrogen bonding to thicken and prolong the formation time of a water-retaining film. Tylose H 300 P2 acts as a drug carrier or microsphere to entrap other drug molecules and form a viscous gel-like dispersion, enabling drug diffusion across biological membranes 3. Indication For alleviating surface irritation in topical ocular administrations, such as artificial tear solutions. Tylose H 300 P2 is also found in topical formulations to aid in more efficient drug diffusion across the membranes. Toxicity May cause chemical pneumonitis in case of inhalation and skin irritation. Animal data suggests potential alteration in female fertility. Tyloses are outgrowths/extragrouth on parenchyma cells of xylem vessels of secondary heartwood. When the plant is stressed by drought or infection, tyloses will fall from the sides of the cells and "dam" up the vascular tissue to prevent further damage to the plant. Tyloses can aid in the process of making sapwood into heartwood in some hardwood trees, especially in trees with larger vessels.[1] These blockages can be used in addition to gum plugs as soon as vessels become filled with air bubbles, and they help to form a stronger heartwood by slowing the progress of rot. Tylose H 300 P2 is cellulose in which both ethyl and hydroxyethyl groups are attached to the anhydroglucose units by ether linkages. Tylose H 300 P2 is prepared from cellulose by treatment with alkali, ethylene oxide and ethyl chloride. The article of commerce may be specified further by the viscosity of its aqueous solutions. Advantages and drawbacks Tylose H 300 P2 solutions exhibit several advantages for analogue modeling. The viscosity of the solutions can be easily varied by changing the concentration of the polymer without affecting the density (Boutelier et al., 2016). Moreover, solutions can be seeded with reflective or fluorescent particles and thermochromics liquid crystals (TLC) (Limare et al., 2013, 2015; Fourel et al., 2017) that allow the modelers to track the flows by means of the particle imaging velocimetry (PIV) and/or to quantify the temperature field, respectively. Such particles can be considered neutrally buoyant with respect to water, and hence, to Tylose H 300 P2 solutions. An other advantage of working with Tylose H 300 P2 solutions is that they do not gel or precipitate when temperature is increased, even up to the boiling point of water (Aqualon, 1999). Two types of can be blended to obtain intermediate values of η. Being η an exponential function of c and degree of polymerization, the resulting η is not an arithmetic mean. Hence, blending charts, available from Aqualon, should be followed (Aqualon, 1999). Tylose H 300 P2 is also compatible with a large range of water-soluble materials, that is, water-soluble polymers and natural gums, such as guar gum or xanthan gum (Aqualon, 1999). For instance, can be blended with an anionic polymer such as carboxymethylcellulose to obtain very high η, clear solutions. However, Tylose H 300 P2 shows few limitations. polymers are hygroscopic and absorb moisture from the atmosphere. In order to keep the original moisture content, the powders should be stored in sealed containers at dry atmosphere. Moreover, despite the ease solubility of in water, particles tend to agglomerate as they are in contact with water. Manufacturer provides few procedures in order to obtain the most efficient solution preparation and created a surface-treated grade of that does not lump when wetted (Aqualon, 1999). solutions can be exposed to biological attack, so producers suggest to add preservative when it is planned to store them for long time. Hydroxyethyl cellulose Hydroxyethyl cellulose (Tylose H 300 P2) is a cellulose-derived thickening and the gelling agent used in capsules containing hydrophobic drugs in order to improve dissolution of drugs within GI fluids in a method known as the hydrophilization method. This nonionic and water-soluble polymer is also used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products. It will fabricate crystal-clear gel products and thicken the aqueous phase of cosmetic emulsions. Their tendency to lump or agglomerate, when first wetted with water, is a disadvantage associated with Tylose H 300 P2s and other water-soluble thickeners. The R-grade of Tylose H 300 P2s facilitates solution preparation without lumping when wetted with water, thus increasing dissolution and total processing times (Joshi and Petereit, 2013). Chowdary et al. established a formulation of film-coated bilayer paliperidone tablet and validated it against in vitro performance results of Invega, a tri-layered innovator sample. Core formulations formed by diverse ratio polyox were optimized and coatings were optimized for enterically coating cellulose acetate and subcoating of Tylose H 300 P2. They investigated influencing factors such as different ingredients in the coating solution and compositions of the core tablet. They even optimized the formulation and its process by comparing different in vitro release behaviors of paliperidone (Chowdary and Napoleon, 2017). Effect of extent of substitution on solubility When highly polar hydroxyl groups on crystalline cellulose are substituted with hydroxyalkyl groups to manufacture HPC or Tylose H 300 P2, water solubility initially increases due to a reduction in crystallinity and hydrogen bonding between the cellulose backbone chains. However, as the amount of hydroxyalkyl substitution continues to increase, the polymer becomes increasingly hydrophobic. As shown in Fig. 7.31, the equilibrium moisture content steadily decreases as MS increases from 2.0 to 5.0 for both Tylose H 300 P2 and HPC. A similar relationship has also been demonstrated for the cloud point.43 An exception to this behavior is polymers with ionic groups in their side chains. In this case, increasing the level of highly polar substituents will increase water solubility. For example, when the DS for sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is increased from 0.7 to 1.2, the equilibrium moisture content at 50% relative humidity increases from 13% to 18%. Tylose H 300 P2 Chemical Properties,Uses,Production Thickeners and binders Tylose H 300 P2 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +. Has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid. The role of thickener in the aqueous ink is thickened. The viscosity of the ink added a thickening agent increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink. Thickening agent is a cellulose-based material and (or) polyvinyl alcohol substances. Cellulose substances may be methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, Tylose H 300 P2 and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose; polyvinyl alcohol material may be an or several species of polyethylene 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 4000, 6000. The above information is edited by the chemicalbook of Liu Yujie. Chemical properties This product is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water. Insoluble in common organic solvents. Having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding. Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared. Having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte. Uses 1. This product is used for cracking method to extract polymerized dispersing agents such as oil water base gel fracturing fluid, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride. Also for latex thickening agent in paint industry, hygristor in electronics industry, cement anti-coagulant agent and water retention agent in construction industry. Glazing in ceramic industry and toothpaste binder. Also widely used in many aspects such as printing and dyeing, textile, paper, pharmaceutical, health, food, cigarettes, pesticides and fire extinguishing agent. 2. Used as a water-based drilling fluids, and thickening agent and filtrate reducer of completion fluids, thickening agent has obvious effect on brine drilling fluid. Also can be used for filtrate reducer of oil well cement. Cross-linking with the polyvalent metal ions into a gel. 3. As surfactants, protective colloids, emulsion stabilizers in combination with emulsion such as vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate emulsion, and a tackifier, dispersant, dispersion stabilizer of emulsion. Widely used in many aspects such as coatings, fibers, dyeing, paper, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, pesticides. There are many uses in oil exploitation and machinery industry. 4. As surfactants, latex thickening agent, protective colloid, oil exploitation fracturing fluid and polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride dispersing agents, etc. Production methods 1. Alkali cellulose is a natural polymer, each of a fiber-based ring contains three hydroxyl groups, the most active hydroxyl reaction to give Tylose H 300 P2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, took out to squeeze after half an hour. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized. Pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed, vacuumized, nitrogen charge, repeated to vacuumize and nitrogen charge to replace atmosphere in the reaction kettle. Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into, cooling water was pumped in jacket of reaction kettle, controlled at about 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, crude product of Tylose H 300 P2 was obtained. The crude product was washed with alcohol, added acetic acid to adjust pH value to 4-6, added glyoxal to crosslink and aging. Then washed with water, centrifugal dewatering, dryed, milled to obtain Tylose H 300 P2. Raw material consumption (kg/t) linter or low pulp meal 730-780 liquid caustic soda (30%) 2400 ethylene oxide 900 alcohol (95%) 4500 acetic acid 240 Glyoxal (40%) 100-300. 2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, after half an hour took out to squeeze. Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed and vacuumized, nitrogen charge, used nitrogen to replace all atmosphere in the reaction kettle,Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into. In the cooling, controlled at 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, to give the crude product of crude Tylose H 300 P2. The crude product was washed with ethanol and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH value to 4-6. added glyoxal to crosslink and aging, washed with water fast, finally centrifugal dehydration, dried, milled, obtained low salt Tylose H 300 P2. Description Hetastarch, another nonproteinaceous colloid, is a complex mixture of ethoxylated amylopectins ranging in molecular weight from 10 to 1,000 kDa (average molecular weight, ~450 kDa). When infused as a 6% solution, hetastarch approximates the activity of human albumin. The larger molecular weights, however, increase its intravascular residence time as well as its plasma expansion effects relative to albumin. Hetastarch is synthetically produced, so it is degraded more slowly and is less antigenic than other colloids. Despite these advantages, hetastarch is quite expensive and also has no oxygen-carrying capacity. Chemical Properties light yellow powder Chemical Properties Tylose H 300 P2 occurs as a white, yellowish-white or grayish-white, odorless and tasteless, hygroscopic powder. Uses disintegrant, binder for tabletting Uses Tylose H 300 P2 is a thickener, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer, and suspending agent. It is obtained from wood pulp Copyright 2014 Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part. Due to electronic rights, some third party content may be suppressed from the eBook and/or eChapter(s). Editorial Review has deemed that any suppressed content does not materially affect the overall learning experience. Cengage

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; 4070 NG4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;thickener ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; H 6000 YP2; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;thickener ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Acts as a thickening agent.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is available in granular form with non-delayed solubility.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 used in permanent-wave preparations, hair colors, toothpaste, body lotion, sun care, roll-on deo and mascara.

CAS: 9004-62-0
MF: C29H52O21
EINECS: 618-387-5

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4, another nonproteinaceous colloid, is a complex mixture of ethoxylated amylopectins ranging in molecular weight from 10 to 1,000 kDa (average molecular weight, ~450 kDa).
When infused as a 6% solution, TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 approximates the activity of human albumin.
The larger molecular weights, however, increase its intravascular residence time as well as TYLOSE H 4070 NG4's plasma expansion effects relative to albumin.
Hetastarch is synthetically produced, so it is degraded more slowly and is less antigenic than other colloids.
Despite these advantages, TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is quite expensive and also has no oxygen-carrying capacity.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +.
Has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid.
The role of thickener in the aqueous ink is thickened.

The viscosity of the ink added a thickening agent increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink.
Thickening agent is a cellulose-based material and (or) polyvinyl alcohol substances.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 substances may be methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, Hydroxyethyl cellulose and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose; polyvinyl alcohol material may be an or several species of polyethylene 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 4000, 6000.
A starch derivative containing 90% amylopectin.
Non-ionic water soluble polymer.
Aqueous solutions are pseudoplastic.
Readily disperses without lumping.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is a non-ionic, water-soluble cellulose derivative produced by introduction of ethylene oxide groups to the hydroxyl groups of the cellulose backbone.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is useful as a water thickener, rheological control additive, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer, suspending agent and film former.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is used in many industrial applications including latex paints, emulsion polymerization, petroleum, paper, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics and many other applications.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 Chemical Properties
Melting point: 288-290 °C (dec.)
Density: 0.75 g/mL at 25 °C(lit.)
Storage temp.: 2-8°C
Solubility H2O: ≤5 wt. % at 20 °C
Form: powder
Color: Light brown powder
Odor: Odorless
PH: pH(20g/l,25℃) : 5.0～8.0
Water Solubility: almost transparency
Merck: 14,4673
Stability: Stable. Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents, acid chlorides, acid anhydrides
InChI: InChI=1S/C29H52O21/c1-10-15(34)16(35)24(13(8-33)45-10)49-28-20(39)18(37)25(50-29-26(43-5-4-30)21(40)23(42-3)12(7-32)47-29)14(48-28)9-44-27-19(38)17(36)22(41-2)11(6-31)46-27/h10-40H,4-9H2,1-3H3
InChIKey: CWSZBVAUYPTXTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N
CAS DataBase Reference: 9004-62-0(CAS DataBase Reference)
EPA Substance Registry System: TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 (9004-62-0)

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water.
Insoluble in common organic solvents.
Having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding.
Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared.
Having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 occurs as a white, yellowish-white or grayish-white, odorless and tasteless, hygroscopic powder.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is soluble in hot or cold water, and does not precipitate at high temperature or boiling, so it has a wide range of solubility and viscosity characteristics, as well as non-thermal gelling properties.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is a non-ionic polymer material , can coexist with a wide range of other water-soluble polymers, surfactants, and salts, and is an excellent colloidal thickener for high-concentration dielectric solutions.
The water retention capacity of TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is twice that of methyl cellulose, and it has better flow regulation; the dispersing ability of hydroxyethyl cellulose is comparable to that of methyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose.
The specific dispersing ability is the worst, but the protective colloid ability is the strongest.

Uses
1. TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is used for cracking method to extract polymerized dispersing agents such as oil water base gel fracturing fluid, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride.
Also for latex thickening agent in paint industry, hygristor in electronics industry, cement anti-coagulant agent and water retention agent in construction industry.
Glazing in ceramic industry and toothpaste binder.
Also widely used in many aspects such as printing and dyeing, textile, paper, pharmaceutical, health, food, cigarettes, pesticides and fire extinguishing agent.
2. Used as a water-based drilling fluids, and thickening agent and filtrate reducer of completion fluids, thickening agent has obvious effect on brine drilling fluid.
Also can be used for filtrate reducer of oil well cement.
Cross-linking with the polyvalent metal ions into a gel.
3. As surfactants, protective colloids, emulsion stabilizers in combination with emulsion such as vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate emulsion, and a tackifier, dispersant, dispersion stabilizer of emulsion.
Widely used in many aspects such as coatings, fibers, dyeing, paper, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, pesticides.
There are many uses in oil exploitation and machinery industry.
4. As surfactants, latex thickening agent, protective colloid, oil exploitation fracturing fluid and polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride dispersing agents, etc.
Thickener, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer and suspending agent.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is a thickener, protective colloid, binder, stabilizer, and suspending agent.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is obtained from wood pulp Copyright 2014 Cengage Learning.
May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Due to electronic rights, some third party content may be suppressed from the eBook and/or eChapter(s).
Cengage Learning reserves the right to remove additional content at any time if subsequent rights restrictions require TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 or chemical cotton by treatment with an alkali.

TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer widely used in pharmaceutical formulations.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is primarily used as a thickening agent in ophthalmic and topical formulations, although it is also used as a binder and film-coating agent for tablets.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is present in lubricant preparations for dry eye, contact lens care, and dry mouth.
The concentration of TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 used in a formulation is dependent upon the solvent and the molecular weight of the grade.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is also widely used in cosmetics.

Production methods
1. Alkali cellulose is a natural polymer, each of a fiber-based ring contains three hydroxyl groups, the most active hydroxyl reaction to give TYLOSE H 4070 NG4.
The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, took out to squeeze after half an hour.
Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized.
Pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed, vacuumized, nitrogen charge, repeated to vacuumize and nitrogen charge to replace atmosphere in the reaction kettle.
Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into, cooling water was pumped in jacket of reaction kettle, controlled at about 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, crude product of TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 was obtained.
The crude product was washed with alcohol, added acetic acid to adjust pH value to 4-6, added glyoxal to crosslink and aging.
Then washed with water, centrifugal dewatering, dryed, milled to obtain TYLOSE H 4070 NG4.
Raw material consumption (kg/t) linter or low pulp meal 730-780 liquid caustic soda (30%) 2400 ethylene oxide 900 alcohol (95%) 4500 acetic acid 240 Glyoxal (40%) 100-300.

2. The raw material cotton linter or refined pulp meal were immersed in 30% liquid caustic soda, after half an hour took out to squeeze.
Squeezed water containing soda to 1: 2.8, pulverized alkali cellulose was added into the reaction kettle, sealed and vacuumized, nitrogen charge, used nitrogen to replace all atmosphere in the reaction kettle, Precooled the liquid ethylene oxide was pressed into.
In the cooling, controlled at 25 ℃ and reacted for 2 h, to give the crude product of crude Hydroxyethyl cellulose.
The crude product was washed with ethanol and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH value to 4-6. added glyoxal to crosslink and aging, washed with water fast, finally centrifugal dehydration, dried, milled, obtained low salt TYLOSE H 4070 NG4.

Production Methods
A purified form of cellulose is reacted with sodium hydroxide to produce a swollen alkali cellulose, which is chemically more reactive than untreated cellulose.
The alkali cellulose is then reacted with ethylene oxide to produce a series of TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 ethers.
The manner in which ethylene oxide is added to cellulose can be described by two terms, the degree of substitution (DS) and the molar substitution (MS).
The DS designates the average number of hydroxyl positions on the anhydroglucose unit that have been reacted with ethylene oxide.
Since each anhydroglucose unit of the cellulose molecule has three hydroxyl groups, the maximum value for DS is 3.

MS is defined as the average number of ethylene oxide molecules that have reacted with each anhydroglucose unit.
Once a hydroxyethyl group is attached to each unit, TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 can further react with additional groups in an end-to-end formation.
This reaction can continue and there is no theoretical limit for MS.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is prepared from alkali cellulose and ethylene oxide.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 may be noted that the hydroxyethyl group itself can react with ethylene oxide so that side-chains of varying length may be present in the product.
Commercial materials generally contain between 1.4 and 2.0 ethylene oxide residues per glucose residue and have a degree of substitution of about 0.8-1.0.

Toxicology
Considered to be non toxic.
Use as a food additive indicates good tolerance of small amounts, but excessive amounts or overuse may bring irritant and /or harmful effects.
Polysaccharides are not substantially absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract but may produce a laxative effect.

Incompatibilities
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is insoluble in most organic solvents.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is incompatible with zein and partially compatible with the following water-soluble compounds: casein; gelatin; methylcellulose; polyvinyl alcohol, and starch.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 can be used with a wide variety of watersoluble antimicrobial preservatives.
However, sodium pentachlorophenate produces an immediate increase in viscosity when added to TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 solutions.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 has good tolerance for dissolved electrolytes, although it may be salted out of solution when mixed with certain salt solutions.

For example, the following salt solutions will precipitate a 10% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-09 and a 2% w/v solution of Cellosize WP-4400: sodium carbonate 50% and saturated solutions of aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; chromic sulfate; disodium phosphate; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium sulfate; sodium sulfite; sodium thiosulfate; and zinc sulfate.
Natrosol is soluble in most 10% salt solutions, excluding sodium carbonate and sodium sulfate, and many 50% salt solutions with the exception of the following: aluminum sulfate; ammonium sulfate; diammonium phosphate; disodium phosphate; ferric chloride; magnesium sulfate; potassium ferrocyanide; sodium metaborate; sodium nitrate; sodium sulfite; trisodium phosphate; and zinc sulfate.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is generally more tolerant of dissolved salts than is Natrosol 250.
TYLOSE H 4070 NG4 is also incompatible with certain fluorescent dyes or optical brighteners, and certain quaternary disinfectants which will increase the viscosity of aqueous solutions.

Synonyms
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
9004-62-0
Hespan
Cellulose, 2-hydroxyethyl ether
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol
Cellulosize
Cellosize
Natrosol
Cellosize QP
Cellosize WP
Tylose H series
Natrosol LR
Tylose P
Cellosize QP3
OETs
Tylose P-X
Tylose PS-X
Cellosize UT 40
Cellosize WP 09
Tylose P-Z series
Glutofix 600
Natrosol 150L
Natrosol 180HH
Natrosol 180L
Natrosol 240JR
Natrosol 250
Natrosol 250G
Natrosol 250H
Natrosol 250HHP
Natrosol 250HHR
Natrosol 250HR
Natrosol 250HX
Natrosol 250L
Natrosol 250M
Natrosol 250MH
Natrosol 300H
Hercules N 100
Hydroxyethyl-cellulose
Natrosol 250H4R
Cellosize WP 300
Tylose H 20
Fuji hec-BL 20
Caswell No. 487
Natrosol 250 HHR
Cellosize WP 300H
Cellosize WP 400H
Unicel QP 100MH
Tylose H 300
Cellosize QP 1500
Cellosize QP 4400
Cellosize WP 4400
Cellosize WPO 9H17
Unicel QP 300 H
Cellosize 4400H16
Cellosize QP 30000
UNII-12VCE9HR9E
UNII-7Q6P4JN1QT
UNII-B24JYI97VR
UNII-R33S7TK2EP
UNII-X70SE62ZAR
UNII-ZYD53NBL45
Hydroxyethyl cellulose ether
Hydroxyethyl ether cellulose
Hec-Al 5000
Unicel QP 52000 H
Hydroxyethyl cellulose [NF]
UNII-6OX6A5C7B6
UNII-S38J6RZN16
Walocel HT 6.000 PFV
UNII-273FM27VK1
UNII-2Q40985DRM
UNII-I2N4ZF9233
UNII-M825OX60H9
Cellulose 2-hydroxyethyl ether
HSDB 578
SCHEMBL23306563
UNII-8136Y38GY5
UNII-L605B5892V
Cellulose, 2- hydroxyethyl ether
Cellulose, ethylene oxide-grafted
DTXSID60873934
AH 15
BL 15
EPA Pesticide Chemical Code 046201
LS-146657
FT-0627136
J 164
H11622
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose; Cellulose hydroxyethyl ether
2-O-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-4-O-methylhexopyranosyl-(1->4)-[4-O-methylhexopyranosyl-(1->6)]hexopyranosyl-(1->5)-2,6-anhydro-1-deoxyheptitol

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; HS 100,000 YP2; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;thickener ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl Cellulose,2-hydroxyethylcelluloseether;ah15;aw15(polysaccharide);aw15[polysaccharide];bl15;cellosize;Hydroxyethyl cellulose - Viscosity 1500 ~ 2500;The blood coHydroxyethyl cellulose etherngeals the appearance board CAS: 9004-62-0 CAS-No. : 9004-62-0

Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is white or light yellowish powder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in cold or hot water to give clarified solution.


CAS Number: 9004-62-0
EC number: 217-576-6


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic in the shape of white to off-white powders or granules.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a hydroxyethyl cellulose powder recommended for use in interior and exterior paints.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also the most efficient grade of non-ionic thickener available from the manufacturer.
Hydration of the R-grade particles has been inhibited.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is natural colloids derived from natural fiber.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water soluble, non-ionic, highly esterified hydroxyethyl cellulose powder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be dissolved in water to form a transparent viscous solution.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2's nature's most abundant biopolymer in plants, wood, and cotton cell walls.
The high-purity cosmetic grade of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 we offer is an R-grade, designed to be added to water without lumping, and thus greatly facilitating solution preparation.


This nonionic, water soluble polymer, Tylose HS 100000 YP2, offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has thickening, adhesion, dispersion, emulsification, film-formation, suspension, absorption, surface activity, salt tolerance, water retention, providing protective colloids and other properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is nonionic cellulose ether and its solution are more tolerant to the presence of cations,anions and organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in cold or hot water to give clarified solution.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is natural colloids derived from natural fiber.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is bio-degradable,non-toxic and environmental friendly natural product.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 consists of two components: cellulose and hydroxyethyl side chain.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Higher pH and higher temperatures DECREASE hydration time, but the higher pH and temperature adjustments too quickly may result in lumping.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic cellulose ether made through a series of chemical processes, with the natural polymer celluloses as raw materials.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.


So, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is recommended that it be added to room temperature water with a neutral pH.
Once hydrated, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be heated and the pH can be adjusted as may be needed.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white, odorless, tasteless, non-toxic, which is often used as a thickener for methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose or hydroxyethyl cellulose grades in industry agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
It's recommended that the Tylose HS 100000 YP2 be added to room temperature water, with a neutral pH.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer derived from cellulose through a series of chemical and physical processes.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be heated and the pH can be adjusted (typically using TEA) as needed.
(The inhibition period, from the initial wetting to the start of dissolution, hydration time, may vary from 5-25 min)


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is bio-degradable,non-toxic and environmental friendly natural product.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer efficient thickening agent and suspending agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 forms a non-ionic gel without the effect of electrolyte, suitable for formulations containing electrolyte.
When pH in solution is within 2 to 12, the solution is quite stable.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is easily dissolved in cold or hot water to give crystal-clear solutions of varying viscosities.


Since Tylose HS 100000 YP2 group is nonionic one in water solution, it won't be reacted with other anions or cations and insensitive to the salts.
But Tylose HS 100000 YP2 molecule is capable of generating esterification, etherification and acetal reaction, so Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is possible to make it insoluble in water or improve its properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides enhanced biostability, very high thickening and water retention, moderate foam stabilization and high solution clarity, gloss appearance, pigment compatibility and pseudoplasticity.
Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) has an exceptional skin feel and is the perfect ingredient to make crystal clear serums for water soluble active ingredients.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic, water soluble polymer used as a thickening agent for aqueous cosmetic and personal care formulations.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2also has good film-forming ability and surface activity.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is produced by treating reacting alkali-cellulose with ethylene oxide.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has many properties.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2's beneficial to various construction projects.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is nonionic cellulose ether and its solution are more tolerant to the presence of cations,anions and organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is derived from cellulose.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white, free-flowing granular powder and is made by reacting ethylene oxide with alkali-cellulose.


Recommended Percentages of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
For Building water phase Viscosity/Stability: 0.1%- 0.5%
For high viscosity crystal clear gel: 1.0%-3.0%


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 features good water retention and an excellent thickening effect.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a line of nonionic, water-soluble, cellulose based polymers from Dow.
When the particles are added to water, they disperse without lumping, and following a predetermined delay, begin to dissolve.


This process permits the preparation of clear, smooth, viscous solutions in a short period of time by simply adding the R-grade to water and stirring until the polymer is completely dissolved to prevent settling of the particles.
The inhibition period, from the initial wetting to the start of dissolution, is referred to as the hydration time.


Hydration time is affected by several factors- pH and temperature of the solution, and concentration level of the Tylose HS 100000 YP2, and the presence of alkalis like TEA, Sodium hydroxide (pH) solution.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white to light yellowish, oderless and tastless powder, readily soluble in hot or cold water to form a viscous gel solution.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is like water retention, thickening, suspension, anti-microbial, high salt tolerance, and ion/PH insensitivity.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an excellent thickening agent for cosmetic and personal care formulations.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 will produce crystal clear gel products and thicken the aqueous phase of cosmetic emulsions.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water-soluble synthetic polymer derived from cellulose in which ethylene oxide groups have been added to the hydroxyl groups.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is white or light yellowish powder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be also be used to efficiently thicken shampoos, body washes and shower gels.
One of the problems normally associated with this and other water-soluble thickeners is the tendency of the particles to agglomerate or lump when first wetted with water.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used for cracking method to extract polymerized dispersing agents such as oil water base gel fracturing fluid, polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride.
Solutions of high molecular weight Tylose HS 100000 YP2, however, behave in a non-Newtonian manner and will have a pseudo-plastic rheology.
In pharmaceuticals, cellulose has been used as an adsorbent, glidant, drug solvent, and suspending agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is one of the main components of the personal lubricant brand known as K-Y Jelly.
This pseudoplasticity makes high viscosity grades of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 an ideal thickener for latex paint applications where the paint must stay on the brush, yet flow out easily upon brushing.
paint.


One of the most important applications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and HMHEC are waterborne architectual coatings.
They are either used alone or in combination with other thickeners.
Infact, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is the most widely used thickener in exterior latex paints because it is compatible with many coating ingredients such as pigments, surfactants, emulsifiers, preservatives, and binders.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as wet strength enhancer, protective colloid, rebound and slip reducing agent, rheology control modifier.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also used for latex thickening agent in paint industry, hygristor in electronics industry, cement anti-coagulant agent and water retention agent in construction industry.


In addition to its useful nature as a thickening agent, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 also provides the benefits of a suspension aid, binder, emulsifier, film former, emulsion stabilizer, dispersant, water retention aid, and protective colloid.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also be found in household cleaning products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used glazing in ceramic industry and toothpaste binder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used in building materials, paints industry, petrochemicals, synthetic resin, ceramic industry, pharmaceutical, food, textile, agriculture, cosmetics, tobacco, ink, papermaking and other industries.


In medicine field, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and methyl cellulose(MHEC) are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a cellulose ether that is primarily used as a thickener for water-based paint, ink, and adhesive formulations.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also widely used in many aspects such as printing and dyeing, textile, paper, pharmaceutical, health, food, cigarettes, pesticides and fire extinguishing agent.
The applications for Tylose HS 100000 YP2 range but in the industrial space it is primarily used for general thickening applications in latex paints, household cleaners and tape-joint compounds.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 powders consolidate many advantages and contribute to the construction field.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used to thicken shampoos, gels, body washes, and add body and after feel to bubble baths, body care products, lotions and creams.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a water-based drilling fluids, and thickening agent and filtrate reducer of completion fluids, thickening agent has obvious effect on brine drilling fluid.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 finds applications as a binder, film former, rheology modifer (thickener), adhesion promoter, dispersion stabilizer, extender and slumping reducer in numerous products including paints, inks, adhesives, cosmetics, personal care products, textiles, cements, ceramics and paper products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 also can be used for filtrate reducer of oil well cement.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used to obtain the optimum hydration time to prevent agglomeration caused by accelerators greater than the optimal dissolution rate.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used cross-linking with the polyvalent metal ions into a gel.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is characterized by the formation of viscous gels in water, useful for making paints, adhesives for construction, as well as in the paper and oil industry, among others.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in paint&coating formulations to increase the viscosity of the paint and to improve its flow and leveling properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as surfactants, protective colloids, emulsion stabilizers in combination with emulsion such as vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate emulsion, and a tackifier, dispersant, dispersion stabilizer of emulsion.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as adhesives, bonding aids, filling cement admixtures


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 scientific research team specifically for the texture paint, latex paint development of a product, product thickening suspension effect is good, high water retention rate, a small amount of addition, low product unit price can reduce the production cost.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a thickener,binder, stabilizer,film forming, protective colloids and suspending agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a thickener for a series of organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 polymer is a hydroxyethyl ether of cellulose, obtained by treating cellulose with sodium hydroxide and reacting with ethylene oxide.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in many aspects such as coatings, fibers, dyeing, paper, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, pesticides.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biological structures for hydrophobic drugs
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a non-ionic cellulose thickener, usually to enhance viscosity, increase concentration by absorbing water, increase viscosity, increase stability, increase degradability, and increase gloss.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also be used to make crystal clear, water soluble hair styling gels.
In addition, Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) offers excellent functionality when used in the water phase of emulsions to build viscosity and stability.
However, Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) is not an emulsifier and will not emulsify oils into water.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is suitable for latex paint, oil drilling, adhesives, and personal care.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is mainly used in water-based products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in rinses, hair conditioner, hair gel and shaving products.


There are many uses in oil exploitation and machinery industry.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic soluble cellulose ether, soluble in both cold and hot water, thickening, suspension, adhesion, emulsification, film formation, water retention, protective colloids and other properties, used in coatings.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as surfactants, latex thickening agent, protective colloid, oil exploitation fracturing fluid and polystyrene and polyvinyl chloride dispersing agents, etc.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a non-ionic thickening agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is easy to use and provides exceptional skin feel, viscosity and stability.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in rinses, hair conditioner, hair gel and shaving products.
In the production of paper, in the production of pet bedding for the production of aqueous polymer emulsions based on ethylene-derived compounds, in the production of pharmaceuticals for the production of various creams and lotions, in the production of toothpaste, in the plastics industry.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 enhances the viscosity of drilling fluid.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in broad range of applications includes cosmetic & personnel care,Paint & coating, oilfield, construction, etc.,as a thickener,binder,stabilizer,film forming, protective colloids and suspending agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in various formulations such as film formulations, emulsifiers, flow regulators, and anti-mildew.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is recommended as thickening agent in water-based.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides excellent thickening efficiency, color development, open time, and superior resistance to biodegradation.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 also play a role in the emulsion, dispersion, stability and water retention.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has uses in the cosmetics and personal care industries as a gelling and thickening agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be one of the main ingredients in water-based personal lubricants.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is commonly used in the production of water-based resins, the production of interior paints, the adhesive industry, the polymerization of vinyl acetate, the copolymer lactate with vinyl acrylic acid, the hydraulic fracturing process, the production of nonwovens and detergents, cosmetics, Layering of tiles.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a hydroxyethyl cellulose powder recommended for use in interior and exterior paints.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as adhesives, bonding aids, filling cement admixtures.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 easily disperses into room temperature in water without clumping or forming fish-eyes.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is not an emulsifier and will not emulsify oils into water.
Among other similar chemicals, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is often used as slime (and gunge, in the UK).
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a commonly used thickener in paint&coating formulations.
Solutions of low molecular weight Tylose HS 100000 YP2 grades have a rheology that is near Newtonian and useful for applications that require a stable viscosity regardless of shear.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as coatings and optical brightener additives, coating polymers, filter control additives.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is non-ionic, water-soluble materials that provide good properties of thickening, suspending, binding, emulsify, film-forming, stabilize, disperse, retain water and etc.


And Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in coatings, construction, medicine, food, papermaking and polymer polymerization industry.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 as well in industrial applications, paint and coatings, ceramics, adhesives, emulsion polymerization, inks, construction, welding rods, pencils and joint fillers.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 finds application in formulating hair styling gels, cosmetic products and personal care formulations.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as wet strength enhancer, protective colloid, rebound and slip reducing agent, rheology control modifier.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in broad range of applications includes cosmetic & personnel care, Paint & coating, oilfield, construction, etc.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 include antiperspirants & deodorants, conditioners, body care, facial care, styling products, sunscreens, liquid soaps, shave gels and foams, wipes (baby and adult), makeup/mascara, AP/Deodorant solids, and lubricant gels.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biological structures for hydrophobic drugs.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also used extensively in the oil and gas industry as a drilling mud additive under the name .
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as coatings and optical brightener additives, coating polymers, filter control additives


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers narrow viscosity ranges, consistent viscosity reproducibility, and excellent solution clarities.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 grades are defined by their molecular weight or more specifically the viscosity of the aqueous solution that they produce at 2% by weight.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and methyl cellulose are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids.


With good water retention, thickening, suspension properties, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers functional properties and enhance product performancein emulsion-based building materials.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has good rheological properties at different shear rates, and has good workability and leveling, not easy to drop, good splash and sag resistance.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also a key ingredient in the formation of large bubbles as it possesses the ability to dissolve in water but also provide structural strength to the soap bubble.


-Recommended fields of application of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior paints
*Exterior paints


-Application Field of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior wall latex paint
*Exterior wall latex paint
*Real stone paint
*Texture paint


-Uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Construction uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2: Cement mortar, Concrete mix， Thickening
*Dyeing： Latex paint, polymer emulsifying, Thickening, water retention, retarding
*Papermaking：Sizing agent，Thickener, water-retaining
*Cosmetic：Toothpaste, shampoo, Detergent， Thickener, stabilizer
*Petroleum Oil：Drilling well, completing fluids，Water retention, Thickening，Control of fluid loss


-Typical recommended for thickening and hydration using Tylose HS 100000 YP2.
Disperse Hydroxyethyl cellulose in solution, usually water, and by stir vigorously or using a blender.
Continue to hydrate the HEC in water until completely dissolved.
The thickening will be delayed, this is normal and how the product is designed to work.
(Stir until all particles are dissolved.
This process allows the preparation of clear, smooth, viscous solutions in a short period of time by simply adding the R-grade to water and stirring until the polymer is completely dissolved to prevent settling of the particles.


-Application properties of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 yp2 is majnly recommended for ready mixed joint compounds (RMJC).
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provroes a very creamy and easy wôrkability.
Usually Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in combination with Tylose MHPC or MHEC grades to Typical data further improve the workability


-Aplications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
• Paint and coating thickener.
• Preparation of water-based latex paints.
• Preparation and synthesis of binder.
• Extraction of petroleum.
• Construction and building materials.
• Manufacture of paper.
• Binder.
• Adhesive.


-Recommended Field Application of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior paints
*Solid paints
*Exterior paints
*Silicon resin paints
*Tinters
*Glazes


-Uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity


-Applications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Water-based paint
*Polymerization
*Cosmetics
*Others



PROPERTIES AND APPLICATIONS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an important non-ionic, water-soluble cellulose derivative.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a completely odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic white to light-yellow powder that readily dissolves in hot and cold water but is insoluble in most organic solvents.
When dissolved in water, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 forms a transparent viscous solution which has a non-Newtonian behavior.

The hydroxyl groups of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 present in the side chains can be reacted with hydrophobic moities to modify the properties of HEC.
For example, attaching polyether chains onto the cellulose (alkoxylation) yields hydrophobically modified Tylose HS 100000 YP2.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an associative thickener that forms a reversible three-dimensional supramolecular network in solution through intra- and intermolecular associations of the hydrophobic groups.



PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in both cold and hot water, but under normal circumstances does not dissolve in most organic solvents.
When the pH value is within the range of 2-12, the change in viscosity is small, but if beyond this range, the viscosity will decrease.
The surface-treated Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be dispersed in cold water without agglomeration, but dissolution rate is slower, and generally it requires about 30 minutes.
With heat or adjusting the pH value to 8-10, it can be rapidly dissolved.



BENEFITS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a high performance non-ionic thickener, water-retaining aid and rheological additive in all types of water-based paints and surface coatings, adhesives and many other water-based industrial products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 gives these systems excellent rheological properties.

*Additional purification to reduce ash content Excellent salt tolerance
*Imparts slip and lubricity
*Ability to create clear formulations
*Stabilizes emulsion systems
*Surface-treated to aid incorporation into water
*Vegan suitable



CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is white to yellowish fibrous or powdery solid, non-toxic, tasteless and soluble in water.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is insoluble in common organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is having properties such as thickening, suspending, adhesive, emulsifying, dispersing, water holding.
Different viscosity range of solution can be prepared.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is having exceptionally good salt solubility to electrolyte.



SPECIFICATIONS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides viscosity at 3,400-5,000 mPa s (cPs) at 1% in water.
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 melts and forms a gel at about 70 degrees and dissolves well at pH higher than 7
(use an alkali such as Triethanolamine helps to raise the pH value, after dissolving, can adjust the pH later)
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used in formulations that are acidic down to pH 3 and alkaline up to pH 9.
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has no smell



THICKENERS AND BINDERS:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a commonly used cellulose ethers organic water-based ink thickening agent, belongs to a water-soluble non-ionic compound, with good water thickening ability, degraded by oxygen, acid and enzyme, under alkaline conditions can be crosslinked by Cu2 +.

Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has thermal stability, when heated, does not appear gelation, does not occur precipitation under acidic conditions, the film-forming property is good, the aqueous solution can be made of a transparent film, can be derived from the reaction of alkali cellulose with ethylene oxide, having properties such as thickening, emulsifying, adhesive, suspension, film-forming, maintaining moisture and protectiving colloid.

The role of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 in the aqueous ink is thickened.
The viscosity of the ink added Tylose HS 100000 YP2 increases, can improve the physical and chemical stability of the ink; due to the increased viscosity, rheology of the ink can be controlled at the time of printing; the pigment and filler in ink is not easy to precipitate, increasing the storage stability of the water-based ink.



IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used as a non-ionic surface active agent.
In addition to thickening, suspending, adhesion, emulsifying, film-forming, dispersing, water-retaining and providing protective colloid properties, but also has the following properties.

1. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in hot or cold water, does not precipitate by heat or boiling, and enables it to have a wide range of solubility and viscosity characteristics, as well as non-thermal gelation;
2. Tylose HS 100000 YP2’s non-ionic itself and can coexist with a wide range of other water-soluble polymers, surfactants, and salts, a fine colloidal thickener for the solution containing a high concentration of electrolytes;
3. Tylose HS 100000 YP2's water retention capacity is twice as that of methyl cellulose, and it has better flow-regulating property;
4. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is stable in viscosity and prevented from mildew.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 enables the paint to have good can-opening effects and better leveling properties in construction.



PROPERTIES AND FUNCTIONALITY OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
*Benefit from the non-anionic nature, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is high stable to broad range of salt, soluble and high resistance even in high brine concentration.
*High-performance thickening, efficient high viscosity build up
*Outstanding pseudoplasticity, Unique shear-thinning characteristic and viscosity reversible
*Film-forming agent, protective colloid action.
*Water retention,maintain water content at formulation
*Excellent compatibility to broad range of water soluble materials or ingredients



PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a free-flowing powder or granules that range in color from white to slightly yellowish.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is odorless and tasteless and contains residual moisture determined by the conditions of production, as well as a small amount of residual salts.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also contain other additives which, for example, regulate the solubility and dispersibility or purposefully influence the development of viscosity.

Depending on the field of application, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is offered in unmodified and modified form.
The most important properties of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity



THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2 IS AS FOLLOWS:
1. Purify the cellulose.
2. Mix it with sodium hydroxide to form swollen alkaline cellulose.
3. Then react it with ethylene oxide.



FEATURE OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 dissolves readily in both cold water and hot water.
*Aqueous solutions of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 are stable and do not gel at either high or low temperatures.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether that remains chemically and physically stable over a wide pH range.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 shows excellent performance as athickener, as a water-retention agent, as a suspending and dispersing agent, and as a protective colloid.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be stored for log periods without degrading significantly, and in aqueous solutions its viscosity remains stable.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water-soluble polymer synthesized by the reaction of ethylene oxide with cellulose.

Aqueous solutions of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 have excellent characterisstics for applications as thickeners, water-retention agents, suspending and dispersing agents, and as protective colloids.
In the synthesis of hydroxyethylcellulose, the avarage number of moles of ethylene oxide that combines with each mole of cellulose (MS) is used as an index.
The value of MS in Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is controlled within 1.5 to 2.5.



DRILL INTO BETTER OIL PRODUCTION:
Useful in different forms of oil production, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a family of nonionic, water-soluble polymers that can thicken, suspend, bind, stabilize, disperse, form films, emulsify, retain water and provide protective colloid action.
These unique materials can be used to prepare solutions with a wide range of viscosities – including moderate viscosities with normal colloidal properties to maximum viscosities with minimal dissolved solids.

In workover and completion fluids, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a viscosifier.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 helps oil producers provide clear, low-solids fluids that help minimize damage to the formation.
Fluids thickened with Tylose HS 100000 YP2 are easily broken with acid, enzymes or oxidating agents to maximize the potential for hydrocarbon recovery.
In fracturing fluids, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 materials act as carriers for proppant.

These fluids also can be broken down easily with acid, enzymes or oxidating agents.
Using the low-solids concept, drilling fluids that are formulated with Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offer increased penetration rates with good borehole stability.
Property-inhibited fluids can be used in drilling medium-to-hard rock formations, as well as heaving or sloughing shales.
In cementing operations, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 materials reduce hydraulic friction of the slurry and minimize water loss to the formation.



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Type: Interior / Exterior / Solid Paints
Form: Powder
Appearance: white powder
Etherification: high etherification
Particle size: powder
Delayed solubility: yes
Biostability: yes
Viscosity level (according to Höppler): hydroxyethyl cellulose
Viscosity: 4200 - 5500 mPa-s
solution pH: 6-8.5
Moisture content (packed): <6%
Ash (calculated as Na2SO4): <6%
particle size: no more than 10%
Esterification (MS): 2.70
swelling time: 20 minutes.
Bulk densit: 0.45g/l
Lower explosion limits: 30 g/m³
Upper explosion limits:
Density (at 20 °C): 1,1-1,5 g/cm³
Water solubility: (at 20 °C) > 10 g/L

Partition coefficient: log POW < 0
Ignition temperature: > 460 °C
Auto-ignition temperature > 120 °C
Explosive properties The product is considered non-explosive.
Bulk density: 200 - 600 g/l
Conbustion class: 5
Smoulder temperature: 280 °C
pmax: 10 bar
KSt: < 200 bar*m/s
Dust explosion class: ST1
Minimum ignition energy: > 10 mJ
Physical state: Powder
Colour:Whitish
Odour: characteristic
Test method
pH-Value (at 20 °C): 6 - 8 10 g/l
Changes in the physical state
Melting point: n.a.
Initial boiling point and boiling range: n.a.
Flash point: n.a

Appearance Form: powder
Color: beige
Odor: No data available
Odor Threshold: No data available
pH: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flash point: No data available
Evaporation rate: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Vapor density: No data available
Density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available

Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information: No data available
Chemical formula: variable
Molar mass: variable
Melting point: 140 °C (284 °F; 413 K)
Appearance: white or similar to white powder
Moisture(%): Max. 8.0
PH: 6.0-8.5
Apparent Density: 0.30-0.50 g/ml



FIRST AID MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Environmental precautions:
No special environmental precautions required.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
Choose body protection in relation to its type
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection is not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
No special environmental precautions required.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
General industrial hygiene practice.
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
*Storage class:
Storage class (TRGS 510): 13: Non Combustible Solids



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
2-hydroxyethylcelluloseether
ah15
aw15(polysaccharide)
aw15[polysaccharide]
bl15
cellosize
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
HS 100,000 YP2
Cellulose, 2 – hydroxyethyl ether
hydroxyethyl cellulose
Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0
Hydroxyethyl Cellulose,2-hydroxyethylcelluloseether
ah15
aw15(polysaccharide)
aw15[polysaccharide]
bl15
cellosize
Hydroxyethyl cellulose – Viscosity 1500 ~ 2500
5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Cellulose, hydroxyethyl ether
Hydroxyethylcellulose
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Hyetellose
Natrosol
Cellosize
5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol

Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white, odorless, tasteless, non-toxic, which is often used as a thickener for methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose or hydroxyethyl cellulose grades in industry agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is white or light yellowish powder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is natural colloids derived from natural fiber.


CAS Number: 9004-62-0
EC number: 217-576-6


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water soluble, non-ionic, highly esterified hydroxyethyl cellulose powder.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides enhanced biostability, very high thickening and water retention, moderate foam stabilization and high solution clarity, gloss appearance, pigment compatibility and pseudoplasticity.


This grade of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is particularly well suited for use in interior paints and nonwovens.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is easily dissolved in cold or hot water to give crystal-clear solutions of varying viscosities.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is nonionic cellulose ether and its solution are more tolerant to the presence of cations,anions and organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is bio-degradable,non-toxic and environmental friendly natural product.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in cold or hot water to give clarified solution.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer efficient thickening agent and suspending agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether with delayed solubility to ensure a lump free solution in aqueous systems.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 exhibits high compatibility with other raw materials such as surfactant.
Hydration time is affected by several factors- pH and temperature of the solution, and concentration level of the Tylose HS 100000 YP2, and the presence of alkalis like TEA, Sodium hydroxide (pH) solution.


Higher pH and higher temperatures DECREASE hydration time, but the higher pH and temperature adjustments too quickly may result in lumping.
It's recommended that the Tylose HS 100000 YP2 be added to room temperature water, with a neutral pH.
Once hydrated, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be heated and the pH can be adjusted (typically using TEA) as needed.
(The inhibition period, from the initial wetting to the start of dissolution, hydration time, may vary from 5-25 min)


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic cellulose ether made through a series of chemical processes, with the natural polymer celluloses as raw materials.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic in the shape of white to off-white powders or granules.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be dissolved in water to form a transparent viscous solution.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has thickening, adhesion, dispersion, emulsification, film-formation, suspension, absorption, surface activity, salt tolerance, water retention, providing protective colloids and other properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 forms a non-ionic gel without the effect of electrolyte, suitable for formulations containing electrolyte.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic, water-soluble polymer derived from cellulose through a series of chemical and physical processes.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white to light yellowish, oderless and tastless powder, readily soluble in hot or cold water to form a viscous gel solution.


When pH in solution is within 2 to 12, the solution is quite stable.
Since Tylose HS 100000 YP2 group is nonionic one in water solution, it won't be reacted with other anions or cations and insensitive to the salts.
But Tylose HS 100000 YP2 molecule is capable of generating esterification, etherification and acetal reaction, so Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is possible to make it insoluble in water or improve its properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2also has good film-forming ability and surface activity.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a line of nonionic, water-soluble, cellulose based polymers from Dow.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is produced by treating reacting alkali-cellulose with ethylene oxide.


This reaction converts some of the hydroxyl groups on the cellulose polymer to hydroxyethyl groups.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a white, free-flowing granular powder and is made by reacting ethylene oxide with alkali-cellulose.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water-soluble synthetic polymer derived from cellulose in which ethylene oxide groups have been added to the hydroxyl groups.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic, water-soluble polymer.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 consists of two components: cellulose and hydroxyethyl side chain.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has many properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is like water retention, thickening, suspension, anti-microbial, high salt tolerance, and ion/PH insensitivity.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic, water soluble polymer used as a thickening agent for aqueous cosmetic and personal care formulations.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 will produce crystal clear gel products and thicken the aqueous phase of cosmetic emulsions.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be also be used to efficiently thicken shampoos, body washes and shower gels.
One of the problems normally associated with this and other water-soluble thickeners is the tendency of the particles to agglomerate or lump when first wetted with water.
The high-purity cosmetic grade of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 we offer is an R-grade, designed to be added to water without lumping, and thus greatly facilitating solution preparation.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also the most efficient grade of non-ionic thickener available from the manufacturer.
Hydration of the R-grade particles has been inhibited.
When the particles are added to water, they disperse without lumping, and following a predetermined delay, begin to dissolve.


This process permits the preparation of clear, smooth, viscous solutions in a short period of time by simply adding the R-grade to water and stirring until the polymer is completely dissolved to prevent settling of the particles.
The inhibition period, from the initial wetting to the start of dissolution, is referred to as the hydration time.


This hydration time can vary from 4-25 min.
Hydration time is markedly affected by two factors: pH and temperature of the water.
A higher temperature and a higher pH decrease the hydration time, but a too high temperature or pH can result in lumping.


So, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is recommended that it be added to room temperature water with a neutral pH.
Once hydrated, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be heated and the pH can be adjusted as may be needed.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an excellent thickening agent for cosmetic and personal care formulations.


This nonionic, water soluble polymer, Tylose HS 100000 YP2, offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.
Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) has an exceptional skin feel and is the perfect ingredient to make crystal clear serums for water soluble active ingredients.
Recommended Percentages of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:


For Building water phase Viscosity/Stability: 0.1%- 0.5%
For high viscosity crystal clear gel: 1.0%-3.0%
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 features good water retention and an excellent thickening effect.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2's beneficial to various construction projects.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is derived from cellulose.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2's nature's most abundant biopolymer in plants, wood, and cotton cell walls.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.



USES and APPLICATIONS of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 include antiperspirants & deodorants, conditioners, body care, facial care, styling products, sunscreens, liquid soaps, shave gels and foams, wipes (baby and adult), makeup/mascara, AP/Deodorant solids, and lubricant gels.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a non-ionic cellulose thickener, usually to enhance viscosity, increase concentration by absorbing water, increase viscosity, increase stability, increase degradability, and increase gloss.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a thickener for a series of organic solvents.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in various formulations such as film formulations, emulsifiers, flow regulators, and anti-mildew.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is commonly used in the production of water-based resins, the production of interior paints, the adhesive industry, the polymerization of vinyl acetate, the copolymer lactate with vinyl acrylic acid, the hydraulic fracturing process, the production of nonwovens and detergents, cosmetics, Layering of tiles.


In the production of paper, in the production of pet bedding for the production of aqueous polymer emulsions based on ethylene-derived compounds, in the production of pharmaceuticals for the production of various creams and lotions, in the production of toothpaste, in the plastics industry.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 enhances the viscosity of drilling fluid.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a thickening and stabilizing agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used to thicken shampoos, gels, body washes, and add body and after feel to bubble baths, body care products, lotions and creams.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in broad range of applications includes cosmetic & personnel care, Paint & coating, oilfield, construction, etc.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a thickener,binder, stabilizer,film forming, protective colloids and suspending agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as adhesives, bonding aids, filling cement admixtures


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as coatings and optical brightener additives, coating polymers, filter control additives
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as wet strength enhancer, protective colloid, rebound and slip reducing agent, rheology control modifier
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a gelling and thickening agent in the development of biological structures for hydrophobic drugs.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in rinses, hair conditioner, hair gel and shaving products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a hydroxyethyl cellulose powder recommended for use in interior and exterior paints.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 acts as a non-ionic thickening agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is easy to use and provides exceptional skin feel, viscosity and stability.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers efficient and cost-effective options for making crystal clear gel products.


Moreover, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 easily disperses into room temperature in water without clumping or forming fish-eyes.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is not an emulsifier and will not emulsify oils into water.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 finds application in formulating hair styling gels, cosmetic products and personal care formulations.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used in building materials, paints industry, petrochemicals, synthetic resin, ceramic industry, pharmaceutical, food, textile, agriculture, cosmetics, tobacco, ink, papermaking and other industries.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a cellulose ether that is primarily used as a thickener for water-based paint, ink, and adhesive formulations.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 grades are defined by their molecular weight or more specifically the viscosity of the aqueous solution that they produce at 2% by weight.
Solutions of low molecular weight Tylose HS 100000 YP2 grades have a rheology that is near Newtonian and useful for applications that require a stable viscosity regardless of shear.


Solutions of high molecular weight Tylose HS 100000 YP2, however, behave in a non-Newtonian manner and will have a pseudo-plastic rheology.
This pseudoplasticity makes high viscosity grades of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 an ideal thickener for latex paint applications where the paint must stay on the brush, yet flow out easily upon brushing.


In addition to its useful nature as a thickening agent, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 also provides the benefits of a suspension aid, binder, emulsifier, film former, emulsion stabilizer, dispersant, water retention aid, and protective colloid.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers narrow viscosity ranges, consistent viscosity reproducibility, and excellent solution clarities.


The applications for Tylose HS 100000 YP2 range but in the industrial space it is primarily used for general thickening applications in latex paints, household cleaners and tape-joint compounds.
Hydroxyethyl cellulose(HEC) is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is non-ionic, water-soluble materials that provide good properties of thickening, suspending, binding, emulsify, film-forming, stabilize, disperse, retain water and etc.
And Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in coatings, construction, medicine, food, papermaking and polymer polymerization industry.


In medicine field, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and methyl cellulose(MHEC) are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has uses in the cosmetics and personal care industries as a gelling and thickening agent.


In pharmaceuticals, cellulose has been used as an adsorbent, glidant, drug solvent, and suspending agent.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is one of the main components of the personal lubricant brand known as K-Y Jelly.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also be found in household cleaning products.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is suitable for latex paint, oil drilling, adhesives, and personal care.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is mainly used in water-based products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 finds applications as a binder, film former, rheology modifer (thickener), adhesion promoter, dispersion stabilizer, extender and slumping reducer in numerous products including paints, inks, adhesives, cosmetics, personal care products, textiles, cements, ceramics and paper products.


One of the most important applications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and HMHEC are waterborne architectual coatings.
They are either used alone or in combination with other thickeners.
Infact, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is the most widely used thickener in exterior latex paints because it is compatible with many coating ingredients such as pigments, surfactants, emulsifiers, preservatives, and binders.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is characterized by the formation of viscous gels in water, useful for making paints, adhesives for construction, as well as in the paper and oil industry, among others.
With good water retention, thickening, suspension properties, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offers functional properties and enhance product performancein emulsion-based building materials.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 scientific research team specifically for the texture paint, latex paint development of a product, product thickening suspension effect is good, high water retention rate, a small amount of addition, low product unit price can reduce the production cost.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is recommended as thickening agent in water-based paint.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides excellent thickening efficiency, color development, open time, and superior resistance to biodegradation.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 also play a role in the emulsion, dispersion, stability and water retention.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has good rheological properties at different shear rates, and has good workability and leveling, not easy to drop, good splash and sag resistance.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 polymer is a hydroxyethyl ether of cellulose, obtained by treating cellulose with sodium hydroxide and reacting with ethylene oxide.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 polymers are largely used as water-binder and thickening agent in many industry applications, that is, personal care products, pharmaceutical formulations, building materials, adhesives, etc., and as stabilizer for liquid soaps.


They are available as white free-flowing granular powders that easily dissolve in cold and hot water to give transparent solutions with varying viscosities depending on polymer concentration, type and temperature.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a non-ionic soluble cellulose ether, soluble in both cold and hot water, thickening, suspension, adhesion, emulsification, film formation, water retention, protective colloids and other properties, used in coatings.


The fluidity and color pigments, emulsion polymers, surfactants, emulsifiers, defoamers and preservatives are widely compatible with slip.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used to obtain the optimum hydration time to prevent agglomeration caused by accelerators greater than the optimal dissolution rate.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 powders consolidate many advantages and contribute to the construction field.


Specifically, they apply in paints and coatings, oil drilling, adhesives and sealants.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is widely used in cosmetics, cleaning solutions, and other household products. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 and methyl cellulose are frequently used with hydrophobic drugs in capsule formulations, to improve the drugs' dissolution in the gastrointestinal fluids.


This process is known as hydrophilization.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also used extensively in the oil and gas industry as a drilling mud additive under the name
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 as well in industrial applications, paint and coatings, ceramics, adhesives, emulsion polymerization, inks, construction, welding rods, pencils and joint fillers.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be one of the main ingredients in water-based personal lubricants.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is also a key ingredient in the formation of large bubbles as it possesses the ability to dissolve in water but also provide structural strength to the soap bubble.


Among other similar chemicals, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is often used as slime (and gunge, in the UK).
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a commonly used thickener in paint&coating formulations.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in paint&coating formulations to increase the viscosity of the paint and to improve its flow and leveling properties.


Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also be used to make crystal clear, water soluble hair styling gels.
In addition, Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) offers excellent functionality when used in the water phase of emulsions to build viscosity and stability.
However, Hydroxethyl Cellulose (HEC) is not an emulsifier and will not emulsify oils into water.


-Recommended fields of application of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior paints
*Exterior paints


-Recommended Field Application of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior paints
*Solid paints
*Exterior paints
*Silicon resin paints
*Tinters
*Glazes


-Application properties of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 yp2 is majnly recommended for ready mixed joint compounds (RMJC).
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provroes a very creamy and easy wôrkability.
Usually Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used in combination with Tylose@ MHPC or MHEC grades to Typical data further improve the workability


-Uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity


-Typical recommended for thickening and hydration using Tylose HS 100000 YP2.
Disperse Hydroxyethyl cellulose in solution, usually water, and by stir vigorously or using a blender.
Continue to hydrate the HEC in water until completely dissolved.
The thickening will be delayed, this is normal and how the product is designed to work. (Stir until all particles are dissolved.
This process allows the preparation of clear, smooth, viscous solutions in a short period of time by simply adding the R-grade to water and stirring until the polymer is completely dissolved to prevent settling of the particles.


-Uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Construction uses of Tylose HS 100000 YP2: Cement mortar, Concrete mix， Thickening
*Dyeing： Latex paint, polymer emulsifying, Thickening, water retention, retarding
*Papermaking：Sizing agent，Thickener, water-retaining
*Cosmetic：Toothpaste, shampoo, Detergent， Thickener, stabilizer
*Petroleum Oil：Drilling well, completing fluids，Water retention, Thickening，Control of fluid loss


-Aplications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
• Paint and coating thickener.
• Preparation of water-based latex paints.
• Preparation and synthesis of binder.
• Extraction of petroleum.
• Construction and building materials.
• Manufacture of paper.
• Binder.
• Adhesive.


-Applications of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Water-based paint
*Polymerization
*Cosmetics
*Others


-Application Field of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*Interior wall latex paint
*Exterior wall latex paint
*Real stone paint
*Texture paint



PROPERTIES AND FUNCTIONALITY OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
*Benefit from the non-anionic nature, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is high stable to broad range of salt, soluble and high resistance even in high brine concentration.
*High-performance thickening, efficient high viscosity build up
*Outstanding pseudoplasticity, Unique shear-thinning characteristic and viscosity reversible
*Film-forming agent, protective colloid action.
*Water retention,maintain water content at formulation
*Excellent compatibility to broad range of water soluble materials or ingredients



FEATURE OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 dissolves readily in both cold water and hot water.
*Aqueous solutions of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 are stable and do not gel at either high or low temperatures.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a nonionic cellulose ether that remains chemically and physically stable over a wide pH range.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 shows excellent performance as athickener, as a water-retention agent, as a suspending and dispersing agent, and as a protective colloid.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be stored for log periods without degrading significantly, and in aqueous solutions its viscosity remains stable.
*Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a water-soluble polymer synthesized by the reaction of ethylene oxide with cellulose.
Aqueous solutions of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 have excellent characterisstics for applications as thickeners, water-retention agents, suspending and dispersing agents, and as protective colloids.
In the synthesis of hydroxyethylcellulose, the avarage number of moles of ethylene oxide that combines with each mole of cellulose (MS) is used as an index.
The value of MS in Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is controlled within 1.5 to 2.5.



IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used as a non-ionic surface active agent.
In addition to thickening, suspending, adhesion, emulsifying, film-forming, dispersing, water-retaining and providing protective colloid properties, but also has the following properties.
1. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in hot or cold water, does not precipitate by heat or boiling, and enables it to have a wide range of solubility and viscosity characteristics, as well as non-thermal gelation;
2. Tylose HS 100000 YP2’s non-ionic itself and can coexist with a wide range of other water-soluble polymers, surfactants, and salts, a fine colloidal thickener for the solution containing a high concentration of electrolytes;
3. Tylose HS 100000 YP2's water retention capacity is twice as that of methyl cellulose, and it has better flow-regulating property;
4. Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is stable in viscosity and prevented from mildew.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 enables the paint to have good can-opening effects and better leveling properties in construction.



PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is soluble in both cold and hot water, but under normal circumstances does not dissolve in most organic solvents.
When the pH value is within the range of 2-12, the change in viscosity is small, but if beyond this range, the viscosity will decrease.
The surface-treated Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be dispersed in cold water without agglomeration, but dissolution rate is slower, and generally it requires about 30 minutes.
With heat or adjusting the pH value to 8-10, it can be rapidly dissolved.



THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2 IS AS FOLLOWS:
1. Purify the cellulose.
2. Mix it with sodium hydroxide to form swollen alkaline cellulose.
3. Then react it with ethylene oxide.



PROPERTIES AND APPLICATIONS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an important non-ionic, water-soluble cellulose derivative.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a completely odorless, tasteless, and non-toxic white to light-yellow powder that readily dissolves in hot and cold water but is insoluble in most organic solvents.
When dissolved in water, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 forms a transparent viscous solution which has a non-Newtonian behavior.

The hydroxyl groups of Tylose HS 100000 YP2 present in the side chains can be reacted with hydrophobic moities to modify the properties of HEC.
For example, attaching polyether chains onto the cellulose (alkoxylation) yields hydrophobically modified Tylose HS 100000 YP2.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is an associative thickener that forms a reversible three-dimensional supramolecular network in solution through intra- and intermolecular associations of the hydrophobic groups.



SPECIFICATIONS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 provides viscosity at 3,400-5,000 mPa s (cPs) at 1% in water.
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 melts and forms a gel at about 70 degrees and dissolves well at pH higher than 7 (use an alkali such as Triethanolamine helps to raise the pH value, after dissolving, can adjust the pH later)
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can be used in formulations that are acidic down to pH 3 and alkaline up to pH 9.
- Tylose HS 100000 YP2 has no smell



DRILL INTO BETTER OIL PRODUCTION:
Useful in different forms of oil production, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a family of nonionic, water-soluble polymers that can thicken, suspend, bind, stabilize, disperse, form films, emulsify, retain water and provide protective colloid action.
These unique materials can be used to prepare solutions with a wide range of viscosities – including moderate viscosities with normal colloidal properties to maximum viscosities with minimal dissolved solids.

In workover and completion fluids, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a viscosifier.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 helps oil producers provide clear, low-solids fluids that help minimize damage to the formation.
Fluids thickened with Tylose HS 100000 YP2 are easily broken with acid, enzymes or oxidating agents to maximize the potential for hydrocarbon recovery.
In fracturing fluids, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 materials act as carriers for proppant.

These fluids also can be broken down easily with acid, enzymes or oxidating agents.
Using the low-solids concept, drilling fluids that are formulated with Tylose HS 100000 YP2 offer increased penetration rates with good borehole stability.
Property-inhibited fluids can be used in drilling medium-to-hard rock formations, as well as heaving or sloughing shales.
In cementing operations, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 materials reduce hydraulic friction of the slurry and minimize water loss to the formation.



PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is a free-flowing powder or granules that range in color from white to slightly yellowish.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is odorless and tasteless and contains residual moisture determined by the conditions of production, as well as a small amount of residual salts.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 can also contain other additives which, for example, regulate the solubility and dispersibility or purposefully influence the development of viscosity.
Depending on the field of application, Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is offered in unmodified and modified form.
The most important properties of Tylose HS 100000 YP2:
*solubility
*thickening effect
*surface activity



BENEFITS OF TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 is used as a high performance non-ionic thickener, water-retaining aid and rheological additive in all types of water-based paints and surface coatings, adhesives and many other water-based industrial products.
Tylose HS 100000 YP2 gives these systems excellent rheological properties.
*Additional purification to reduce ash content Excellent salt tolerance
*Imparts slip and lubricity
*Ability to create clear formulations
*Stabilizes emulsion systems
*Surface-treated to aid incorporation into water
*Vegan suitable



PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
Type: Interior / Exterior / Solid Paints
Form: Powder
Appearance: white powder
Etherification: high etherification
Particle size: powder
Delayed solubility: yes
Biostability: yes
Viscosity level (according to Höppler): hydroxyethyl cellulose
Viscosity: 4200 - 5500 mPa-s
solution pH: 6-8.5
Moisture content (packed): <6%
Ash (calculated as Na2SO4): <6%
particle size: no more than 10%
Esterification (MS): 2.70
swelling time: 20 minutes.
Bulk densit: 0.45g/l
Lower explosion limits: 30 g/m³
Upper explosion limits:
Density (at 20 °C): 1,1-1,5 g/cm³
Water solubility: (at 20 °C) > 10 g/L

Partition coefficient: log POW < 0
Ignition temperature: > 460 °C
Auto-ignition temperature > 120 °C
Explosive properties The product is considered non-explosive.
Bulk density: 200 - 600 g/l
Conbustion class: 5
Smoulder temperature: 280 °C
pmax: 10 bar
KSt: < 200 bar*m/s
Dust explosion class: ST1
Minimum ignition energy: > 10 mJ
Physical state: Powder
Colour:Whitish
Odour: characteristic
Test method
pH-Value (at 20 °C): 6 - 8 10 g/l
Changes in the physical state
Melting point: n.a.
Initial boiling point and boiling range: n.a.
Flash point: n.a

Appearance Form: powder
Color: beige
Odor: No data available
Odor Threshold: No data available
pH: No data available
Melting point/freezing point: No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling range: No data available
Flash point: No data available
Evaporation rate: No data available
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits: No data available
Vapor pressure: No data available
Vapor density: No data available
Density: No data available
Relative density: No data available
Water solubility: No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water: No data available

Autoignition temperature: No data available
Decomposition temperature: No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, kinematic: No data available
Viscosity, dynamic: No data available
Explosive properties: No data available
Oxidizing properties: No data available
Other safety information: No data available
Chemical formula: variable
Molar mass: variable
Melting point: 140 °C (284 °F; 413 K)
Appearance: white or similar to white powder
Moisture(%): Max. 8.0
PH: 6.0-8.5
Apparent Density: 0.30-0.50 g/ml



FIRST AID MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Description of first-aid measures:
*If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
*In case of skin contact:
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
*In case of eye contact:
Flush eyes with water as a precaution.
*If swallowed:
Rinse mouth with water.
-Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed:
No data available



ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Environmental precautions:
No special environmental precautions required.
-Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Sweep up and shovel.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal



FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Extinguishing media:
*Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
-Further information:
No data available



EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Control parameters:
--Ingredients with workplace control parameters:
-Exposure controls:
--Personal protective equipment:
*Eye/face protection:
Use equipment for eye protection.
*Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Wash and dry hands.
Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Splash contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0,11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
*Body Protection:
Choose body protection in relation to its type
*Respiratory protection:
Respiratory protection is not required.
-Control of environmental exposure:
No special environmental precautions required.



HANDLING and STORAGE of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Precautions for safe handling:
*Hygiene measures:
General industrial hygiene practice.
-Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
*Storage conditions:
Store in cool place.
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
*Storage class:
Storage class (TRGS 510): 13: Non Combustible Solids



STABILITY and REACTIVITY of TYLOSE HS 100000 YP2:
-Reactivity:
No data available
-Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
-Possibility of hazardous reactions:
No data available
-Conditions to avoid:
No data available



SYNONYMS:
Hydroxyethyl cellulose
HS 100,000 YP2
Cellulose, 2 – hydroxyethyl ether
hydroxyethyl cellulose
Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0
Hydroxyethyl Cellulose,2-hydroxyethylcelluloseether
ah15
aw15(polysaccharide)
aw15[polysaccharide]
bl15
cellosize
Hydroxyethyl cellulose – Viscosity 1500 ~ 2500
5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Cellulose, hydroxyethyl ether
Hydroxyethylcellulose
2-Hydroxyethyl cellulose
Hyetellose
Natrosol
Cellosize

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MB 60000 P2; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

DESCRIPTION:
TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4 is Hydroxyethylcellulose, chemically modified, with delayed solubility
TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4 is a chemically modified hydroxyethyl cellulose recommended for use in exterior, interior and semi-gloss paints.


CAS: 9004-62-0


TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4 (hydroxyethyl cellulose/Tylose H-grades) are soluble in water at any temperature.
TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4 are nonionic cellulose ethers, which are offered as free flowing powder or in granular form.
TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4 grades have a retarded solubility which ensures a lump free solution in aqueous systems.

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4:
Physical state : Solid
Appearance : Powder
Colour : whitish
Odour : characteristic Odour
pH : 5.5 - 8 10g/l
Auto-ignition temperature : > 120 °C
Density : 1.1 - 1.5 g/cm³ 20 °C
Solubility : Water: > 10 g/l @ 20°C
Log Pow : < 0
Explosive properties : Product is not explosive.
Dust may form explosive mixture in air.
Minimum ignition energy : > 10 mJ
Conbustion class : 5
Smoulder temperature : 280 °C pmax : 10 bar
Dust explosion category : ST1 KSt : < 200 bar*m/s
Ignition temperature : > 460 °C


SAFETY INFORMATION ABOUT TYLOSE HX 6000 YG4
First aid measures:
Description of first aid measures:
General advice:
Consult a physician.
Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance.
Move out of dangerous area:

If inhaled:
If breathed in, move person into fresh air.
If not breathing, give artificial respiration.
Consult a physician.
In case of skin contact:
Take off contaminated clothing and shoes immediately.
Wash off with soap and plenty of water.
Consult a physician.

In case of eye contact:
Rinse thoroughly with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes and consult a physician.
Continue rinsing eyes during transport to hospital.

If swallowed:
Do NOT induce vomiting.
Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.
Rinse mouth with water.
Consult a physician.

Firefighting measures:
Extinguishing media:
Suitable extinguishing media:
Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.
Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas

Advice for firefighters:
Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if necessary.
Accidental release measures:
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
Use personal protective equipment.

Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas.
Evacuate personnel to safe areas.

Environmental precautions:
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up:
Soak up with inert absorbent material and dispose of as hazardous waste.
Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

Handling and storage:
Precautions for safe handling:
Avoid inhalation of vapour or mist.

Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:
Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.
Containers which are opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Storage class (TRGS 510): 8A: Combustible, corrosive hazardous materials

Exposure controls/personal protection:
Control parameters:
Components with workplace control parameters
Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
Exposure controls:
Appropriate engineering controls:
Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.
Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.

Personal protective equipment:
Eye/face protection:
Tightly fitting safety goggles.
Faceshield (8-inch minimum).
Use equipment for eye protection tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU).

Skin protection:
Handle with gloves.
Gloves must be inspected prior to use.
Use proper glove
removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product.
Dispose of contaminated gloves after use in accordance with applicable laws and good laboratory practices.
Wash and dry hands.

Full contact:
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
Splash contact
Material: Nitrile rubber
Minimum layer thickness: 0.11 mm
Break through time: 480 min
Material tested:Dermatril (KCL 740 / Aldrich Z677272, Size M)
It should not be construed as offering an approval for any specific use scenario.

Body Protection:
Complete suit protecting against chemicals, The type of protective equipment must be selected according to the concentration and amount of the dangerous substance at the specific workplace.
Respiratory protection:
Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use a fullface respirator with multi-purpose combination (US) or type ABEK (EN 14387) respirator cartridges as a backup to engineering controls.

If the respirator is the sole means of protection, use a full-face supplied air respirator.
Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or CEN (EU).
Control of environmental exposure
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
Do not let product enter drains.
Discharge into the environment must be avoided.

Stability and reactivity:
Chemical stability:
Stable under recommended storage conditions.
Incompatible materials:
Strong oxidizing agents:
Hazardous decomposition products:
Hazardous decomposition products formed under fire conditions.
Carbon oxides, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Hydrogen chloride gas.

Disposal considerations:
Waste treatment methods:
Product:
Offer surplus and non-recyclable solutions to a licensed disposal company.
Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material.
Contaminated packaging:
Dispose of as unused product.

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 10001 P4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 10007 P4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 15003 P6; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 200 YP2; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 2000 YP2; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 IUPAC Name 5-[6-[[3,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[4-hydroxy-3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methoxyoxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyloxane-3,4-diol TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 InChI InChI=1S/C29H52O21/c1-10-15(34)16(35)24(13(8-33)45-10)49-28-20(39)18(37)25(50-29-26(43-5-4-30)21(40)23(42-3)12(7-32)47-29)14(48-28)9-44-27-19(38)17(36)22(41-2)11(6-31)46-27/h10-40H,4-9H2,1-3H3 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 InChI Key CWSZBVAUYPTXTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Canonical SMILES CC1C(C(C(C(O1)CO)OC2C(C(C(C(O2)COC3C(C(C(C(O3)CO)OC)O)O)OC4C(C(C(C(O4)CO)OC)O)OCCO)O)O)O)O TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Molecular Formula (C2H602)x TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 CAS 9004-62-0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 European Community (EC) Number 618-387-5 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 ICSC Number 1559 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 RTECS Number FJ5958000 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Physical Description WHITE POWDER. TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Solubility Solubility in water: good TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Autoignition Temperature 380 °C TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Molecular Weight 736.7 g/mol TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 XLogP3-AA -7.7 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Hydrogen Bond Donor Count 11 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Hydrogen Bond Acceptor Count 21 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Rotatable Bond Count 15 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Exact Mass 736.300109 g/mol TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Monoisotopic Mass 736.300109 g/mol TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Topological Polar Surface Area 315 Ų TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Heavy Atom Count 50 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Formal Charge 0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Complexity 999 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Isotope Atom Count 0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Defined Atom Stereocenter Count 0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Undefined Atom Stereocenter Count 20 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Defined Bond Stereocenter Count 0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Undefined Bond Stereocenter Count 0 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Covalently-Bonded Unit Count 1 TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Compound Is Canonicalized Yes Tylose® MHEC (methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose/Tylose MH-grades) are water soluble, nonionic cellulose ethers, which are offered as free flowing powder or in granular form. Tylose MHEC may contain further additives which for example control the dissolution behavior or the thickening power.Methylhydroxyethyl cellulose. Offers very high water retention, low gloss, low pigment compatibility, low pseudoplasticity, moderate thickening effect, and moderate wet scrub resistance. Exhibits good anti-spattering. Used for paint applications like solid paints, powder paints, limewash paints, cement paints, distempers, and emulsion based plasters.Tylose® MH 2000 YP2 is a water-soluble, non-ionic methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose powder with standard etherification. It provides increased biostability, low gloss appearance, good anti-spattering properties, and moderate wet scrub resistance. This grade of methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose (MHEC) is ideal for use in cement paints, distempers, and lime-wash paints.Constitution: Methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Appearance:powder Etherification:standard Particle size:powder Delayed solubility:yes Level of viscosity:2000 mPa•sTYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Biostability:yes TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Gloss:low TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Pigment Compatibility:low TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Anti-spattering:good TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Pseudoplasticity:low TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Thickening effect:low TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Wet scrub resistance:moderate TYLOSE MH 2000 YP2 Water retention:lowCementitious thin bed adhesives are used to adhere ceramic tiles, to build walls of aerated concrete or lime stone bricks and to install exterior insulating finishing systems(EIFS). They offer an easy and light workability,a high efficiency and guarantee a long durability.Cement tile adhesives have to be easy to trowel. They must provide long embedding time, high slip resistance and sufficient adhesion strength. These properties can be influenced by Tylose® MC. Adhesives for block laying are used to build up walls of aerated concrete blocks, sand-lime bricks or standard bricks. EIFS adhesives ensure an excellent bond between substrate and insulating boards. Tylose MC improves the workability of EIFS adhesives and increases both adhesion and sag resistance.Renders are mixtures of mineral binders, aggregates and auxiliaries. Depending on the process, there is a distinction between hand and machine application.Renders are used for base coating, insulation, renovation and decorative purposes. Renders based on cement or cement/hydrated lime can be employed for exterior and interior work.Cement based jointing and trowelling compounds are used for repairing systems and to smooth coarse walls and floors. Grouts are applied to fill the gaps between ceramic or stone tiles.Tylose MC is an important additive ensuring there is sufficient water retention in renders and trowelling compounds. Additional advantages are better workability and an increase of the adhesion strength.Machine applied renders are mixed in continuously or discontinuously working plastering machines.These enable coverage of large wall and ceiling areas by a highly efficient technique. Continuously operating plastering machines need to be fed with premixed renders containing Tylose. Other additives can be added as required.What is TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS? TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS (hydroxyethyl starch) is made from natural sources of starch. TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS increases the volume of blood plasma that can be lost from bleeding or severe injury. Plasma is needed to circulate red blood cells that deliver oxygen throughout the body.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is used to treat or prevent hypovolemia (decreased blood plasma volume, also called "shock") that may occur as a result of serious injury, surgery, severe blood loss, burns, or other trauma.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS may also be used for purposes not listed in this medication guide.Important Information You should not receive this medication if you have a bleeding or blood clotting disorder, congestive heart failure, kidney disease, or urination problems not caused by hypovolemia (decreased blood plasma volume).TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS can harm your kidneys. Call your doctor at once if you have any of these symptoms of kidney damage: swelling, rapid weight gain, unusual tiredness, nausea, vomiting, feeling short of breath, red or pink urine, painful or difficult urination, or little or no urinating.Before taking this medicine You should not receive this medication if you are allergic to TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS, or if you have:a bleeding or blood clotting disorder;kidney disease;congestive heart failure; or urination problems not caused by hypovolemia (decreased blood plasma volume).If possible before you receive TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS, tell your doctor if you have:liver disease;a history of heart disease; or if you are allergic to corn.FDA pregnancy category C. It is not known whether TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS will harm an unborn baby. Tell your doctor if you are pregnant or plan to become pregnant while using this medication.It is not known whether TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS passes into breast milk or if it could harm a nursing baby. Tell your doctor if you are breast-feeding a baby.In an emergency situation it may not be possible to tell your caregivers about your health conditions, or if you are pregnant or breast-feeding. Make sure any doctor caring for your pregnancy or your baby knows you have received TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS.How is TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS given?TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is injected into a vein through an IV. A healthcare provider will give you this injection.Your breathing, blood pressure, oxygen levels, kidney function, and other vital signs will be watched closely while you are receiving TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS. Your blood will also need to be tested daily during treatment.What happens if I miss a dose?Because you will receive TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS in a clinical setting, you are not likely to miss a dose.What happens if I overdose?Since TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is given by a healthcare professional in a medical setting, an overdose is unlikely to occur.What should I avoid after receiving TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS?Follow your doctor's instructions about any restrictions on food, beverages, or activity.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS side effects Get emergency medical help if you have any of these signs of an allergic reaction: hives; difficulty breathing; swelling of your face, lips, tongue, or throat.Tell your caregivers right away if you have:wheezing or gasping for breath, rapid breathing, sweating, and anxiety;a light-headed feeling, like you might pass out;weak pulse, slow breathing;chest pain, fever, chills, cough; or easy bruising, unusual bleeding, or any bleeding that will not stop.Rare but serious side effects may include:severe headache, vision or speech problems, mental changes;drooping eyelids, loss of feeling in your face, tremors, trouble swallowing; or severe skin reaction -- fever, sore throat, swelling in your face or tongue, burning in your eyes, skin pain, followed by a red or purple skin rash that spreads (especially in the face or upper body) and causes blistering and peeling.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS can harm your kidneys. Call your doctor at once if you have any of these symptoms of kidney damage: swelling, rapid weight gain, unusual tiredness, nausea, vomiting, feeling short of breath, red or pink urine, painful or difficult urination, or little or no urinating.Common side effects may include:mild itching or skin rash;mild headache;muscle pain; or swollen glands, mild flu symptoms.This is not a complete list of side effects and others may occur. Call your doctor for medical advice about side effects.See also:TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS side effects (in more detail)TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS dosing information Usual Adult Dose for Hypovolemia:Dosage for Acute Use in Plasma Volume Expansion: 500 to 1000 mL IVMaintenance dose: Total dosage and rate of infusion depends on the amount of blood or plasma lost and the resultant hemoconcentration.Maximum dose: Doses more than 1500 mL per day (approximately 20 mL per kg of body weight) are usually not required although higher doses have been used in postoperative and trauma patients with severe blood loss.Dosage in Leukapheresis: 250 to 700 mL to which citrate anticoagulant has been added and administered to the input line of the centrifugation apparatus at a ratio of 1:8 to 1:13 to venous whole blood.Comments:TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS and citrate should be thoroughly mixed to assure effective anticoagulation.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS admixtures of 500 to 560 mL with citrate concentrations up to 2.5% are compatible for 24 hours at room temperature.Uses:For treatment of hypovolemia when plasma volume expansion is desired.This drug in leukapheresis improves the harvesting and increasing the yield of granulocytes by centrifugal means.What other drugs will affect TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS? Other drugs may interact with TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS, including prescription and over-the-counter medicines, vitamins, and herbal products. Tell each of your health care providers about all medicines you use now and any medicine you start or stop using.Further information Remember, keep this and all other medicines out of the reach of children, never share your medicines with others, and use this medication only for the indication prescribed.Always consult your healthcare provider to ensure the information displayed on this page applies to your personal circumstances.Pharmacology and mechanism of action Pentastarch is a synthetic colloid volume expander that is used to maintain vascular volume in animals with circulatory shock. It is prepared from hydroxyethyl starch and is derived from amylopectin. There are two hydroxyethyl starch preparations: TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS and pentastarch. TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS (6%) has an average molecular weight of 450,000 and colloid osmotic pressure of 32.7. Pentastarch (10%) has an average molecular weight of 280,000 and colloid osmotic pressure of 40. Because TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is a larger molecular weight compound than pentastarch, it tends to remain in the vasculature and prevent loss of intravascular volume and tissue edema. After administration, pentastarch will be retained in the vasculature and prevent loss of intravascular volume and tissue edema. Other colloids used are dextrans (Dextran 40 and Dextran 70). TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS and the dextrans are discussed in other sections.Pharmacology and mechanism of action Hydroxyethyl starch is a synthetic colloid volume expander that is used to maintain vascular volume in animals with circulatory shock. It is a modified branched-chain glucose polymer derived from amylopectin sources such as potatoes, sorghum, or maize. The hydroxyethyl starch preparations include tetrastarch, TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS, and pentastarch. TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS (6%) has an average molecular weight of 200 kDa (kilodaltons) and a colloid osmotic pressure of approximately 30. Pentastarch (10%) has an average molecular weight of 200 kDa and a colloid osmotic pressure of 30-60. Tetrastarch (VetStarch) 6% has a molecular weight of 130 kDa and a colloid osmotic pressure of 36. The number of molecular substitutions determine whether it is TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS, pentastarch, or hexastarch. TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS has the most molecular substitutions and tends to remain longest in the vasculature. TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is cleared much more slowly than tetrastarch. Although TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is prevented from hydrolysis in blood, thereby prolonging intravascular expansion, this property also is associated with accumulation in the reticuloendothelial system, skin, liver, and kidney.TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS is a more cost-effective synthetic colloid. Advantages of TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS include maintenance of plasma oncotic effect for up to 24 hours following administration and the ability to give as a rapid bolus.10,11 However, unlike plasma, there are no functional proteins present in hydroxyethyl starch solutions and a negative effect on coagulation has been demonstrated in healthy equids.10,12 Further, a 2013 review of the use of colloids as volume replacement in critically ill humans found an increased risk of mortality and acute kidney injury in patients receiving TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS.13 As such, the use of TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS in horses with underlying renal insufficiency is cautioned, and its use is restricted to those with clinical signs of acute hypoproteinemia. Recently tetrastarch (6%) was evaluated and shown to have a more sustained effect on COP with fewer adverse coagulopathic effects than TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS.14 Both TYLOSE MH 2000 YPS and tetrastarch can be dosed at 10 mL/kg.

CAS Number 9032-42-2
Product form: Mixture
Product name: Tylose MH 20009 P2



APPLICATIONS


Uses of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

Water retention aid
Thickening agent
Protective colloid
Suspending agent
Binder and stabilizer


Pharmaceutical Applications of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as an excipient in a wide range of pharmaceutical products, including oral tablets and suspensions, and topical gel preparations.
Furthermore, Tylose MH 20009 P2 has similar properties to methylcellulose, but the hydroxyethyl groups make it more readily soluble in water and solutions are more tolerant of salts and have a higher coagulation temperature.


Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as thickener and suspending agent in latex paints, paint removers, detergents, and hard surface cleaners.
Moreover, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a protective colloid in textile inks and vinyl chloride polymerization.
Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a binder, thickener, and water retention aid in various building products.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used in adhesives used for tanning.
Besides, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a general-purpose food additive.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used in pharmaceutical tablets and formulations.
In addition, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used in wallpaper paste.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used for slip casts in ceramics.
Additionally, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used in cosmetic creams and lotions.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a protective colloid in water based paints (prevents pigment flocculation).
More to that, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used for film and sheeting.
Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a substitute for water-soluble gums.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used to render paper greaseproof.
Further to that, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as a laxative.


Industrial Processes of Tylose MH 20009 P2 with risk of exposure:

Pulp and Paper Processing
Painting (Pigments, Binders, and Biocides)
Working with Glues and Adhesives
Leather Tanning and Processing
Textiles (Printing, Dyeing, or Finishing)


Applications of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

cements
mortars
mayonnaise
dressing
desserts
pharmaceutical tablets and formulations
wallpaper paste
slip casts in ceramics
latex paints
paint removers
cosmetic creams and lotions
Methyl cellulose and its derivatives


Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as protective colloid in water based paints to prevent flocculation of pigment.
Furthermore, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is a synthetic substance that is used as a thickening and emulsifying agent in many products, including foods, pharmaceuticals, and cosmetics.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 has been shown to inhibit the activity of certain enzymes, such as amylase, lipase, and protease.
In addition to these properties, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is also known for its high degree of thermal stability and light resistance.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 can be used in a wide range of applications due to its versatility and low cost.


Properties of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

Good water solubility
Water retention
Dispersing
Stable PH value
Surface activity
Thickening
Adhexive
Film-smoothability
Mold resisitance


Recommended use of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

Rheological Additive Special applications Coating material Additive for mortar

Restrictions on use:

There is no information available on applications that are not advised.


Some Uses of Tylose MH 20009 P2:

Water retention aid
Thickening agent
Protective colloid
Suspending agent
Binder and stabilizer


Tylose MH 20009 P2 is a Methyl ether of hydroxyethylcellulose.
Moreover, Tylose MH 20009 P2 uses and applications include: Binder, thickener, pigment, foamfiller stabilizer, dispersant, emulsifier, plasticizer, viscous control agent, sedimenting aid, protective colloid in coatings, paints, resins, mining, batteries, insecticidal products, rubber, textile, leather, ceramics, suspension polymerization, pharmaceuticals.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as adhesion promoter in tile cements; water retention aid, thickener in sprayable plasters, mortar, stucco, fillers.
Besides, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is used as viscous control agent, stabilizer in cosmetics.

Tylose MH 20009 P2 is a gelling and thickening agent derived from cellulose.



DESCRIPTION


Tylose MH 20009 P2 is a synthetic substance that is used as a thickening and emulsifying agent in many products, including foods, pharmaceuticals, and cosmetics.
In addition, Tylose MH 20009 P2 has been shown to inhibit the activity of certain enzymes, such as amylase, lipase, and protease.

In addition to these properties, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is also known for its high degree of thermal stability and light resistance.
Tylose MH 20009 P2 can be used in a wide range of applications due to its versatility and low cost.

Additionally, Tylose MH 20009 P2 is a polymer that is derived from natural sources, with or without chemical modification.



PROPERTIES


Physical state: Solid
Appearance: Powder
Colour: whitish
Odour: odourless
Odour threshold: No data available
pH: 6 – 8 10g/l
Relative evaporation rate (butylacetate=1): Not specifically applicable
Melting point / Freezing point: Melting point: Not specifically applicable
Freezing point: Not specifically applicable
Boiling point: Not specifically applicable
Flash point: Not specifically applicable
Auto-ignition temperature: > 170 °C
Flammability (solid, gas): No data available
Vapour pressure:
Vapour pressure: Not specifically applicable
Vapour pressure at 50 °C: Not specifically applicable
Relative density:
Relative vapour density at 20 °C: Not specifically applicable
Density:
Density: 1.1 – 1.5 g/cm³ 20 °C
Relative density: Not specifically applicable
Solubility:
Water: > 10 g/l @ 20°C
Log Pow: < 0
Viscosity, kinematic: Not specifically applicable
Viscosity, dynamic: Not specifically applicable
Explosive properties: Product is not explosive. Dust may form explosive mixture in air.
Explosive limits: No data available
Minimum ignition energy: > 10 mJ
Fat solubility: No data available
Conbustion class: 5
Smoldering temperature: >450 °C
pmax: 10 bar
Dust explosion category: ST1
KSt: < 200 bar*m/s
Ignition temperature: > 400 °C



FIRST AID


Description of necessary first-aid measures

First-aid measures after inhalation:

Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.
Call a doctor.


First-aid measures after skin contact:

Wash skin with plenty of water.


First-aid measures after eye contact:

Rinse immediately with plenty of water, also under the eyelids.
Consult an ophthalmologist if irritation persists.


First-aid measures after ingestion:

Rinse mouth.
If symptoms persist, call a physician.


Symptoms caused by exposure:

Symptoms/effects after skin contact:

May cause sensitisation of susceptible persons by skin contact.


Symptoms/effects after eye contact:

May cause eye irritation.


Medical attention and special treatment:

Treatment:

Treat symptomatically.



HANDLING AND STORAGE


Precautions for safe handling:

Ensure good ventilation of the work station.
Wear personal protective equipment.
Avoid dust formation.

Dust may form explosive mixture in air.
Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking.


Hygiene measures:

Do not eat, drink or smoke when using Tylose MH 20009 P2.
Always wash hands after handling the product.


Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities:

Storage conditions:

Material is hygroscopic.
Protect from atmospheric moisture and water.


Information on mixed storage:

No special storage requirements.



SYNONYMS


HYDROXYETHYL METHYL CELLULOSE
CELLULOSE METHYL HYDROXYETHYL ETHER
METHYL HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE
METHYL 2-HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE
Cellulose,2-hydroxyethylmethylether
Hydroxythyl Methyl Cellulose
HydroxythylMethylCellulose(Hemc)
ethane-1,2-diol
(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-[(2S,3R,4S,5S,6S)-4,5,6-trihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4,5-triol
(2S,3S,4R,5S,6S)-2,3,4-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)-5-[(2R,3S,4R,5S,6S)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxane
Cellulose
2-hydroxyethyl methyl ether
Hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose
Methyl hydroxyethyl cellulose
Culminal MHEC
Tylose MHB

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 4000 KG4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 4000 KG4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 6000 YP4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 6000 YP4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0

Hydroxyethyl cellulose; MH 6002 P4; Cellulose, 2 - hydroxyethyl ether; hydroxyethyl cellulose ;Methyl 2-hydroxyethyl cellulose cas no: 9004-62-0